[BTS#860378] po-debconf://diaspora-installer/it.po
Fixing the robot 2/2 --
[DONE] po-debconf://debian-installer/it.po
Fixing the robot 1/2 -- signature.asc Description: PGP signature
unattended-upgrades 0.86.6: Please update debconf PO translation for the package unattended-upgrades
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for unattended-upgrades. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 17, 2015. Thanks, it.po.gz Description: Binary data
xringd 1.20-27: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xringd
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for xringd. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, October 10, 2015. Thanks, it.po.gz Description: Binary data
ejabberd 15.03-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ejabberd
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for ejabberd. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, August 05, 2015. Thanks, it.po.gz Description: Binary data
debconf 1.5.54: Please update the PO translation for the package debconf
Hi,
You are noted as the last translator of the translation for
debconf. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
against debconf.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Sat, 13 Dec 2014 06:54:57 +0100.
Thanks in advance,
# debconf Italian translation
# Copyright (C) 2004 the debconf development team
# This file is distributed under the same license as the debconf package.
# Stefano Canepa s...@linux.it, 2004-2005, 2006
# Danilo Piazzalunga danilopia...@gmail.com, 2004-2006
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debconf 1.4.70\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-22 20:04-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-07 10:33+0200\n
Last-Translator: Stefano Canepa s...@linux.it\n
Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:76
#, perl-format
msgid falling back to frontend: %s
msgstr sarà usato il frontend: %s
#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:84
#, perl-format
msgid unable to initialize frontend: %s
msgstr impossibile inizializzare il frontend: %s
#: ../Debconf/AutoSelect.pm:90
#, perl-format
msgid Unable to start a frontend: %s
msgstr Impossibile avviare un frontend: %s
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:130
msgid Config database not specified in config file.
msgstr Database di configurazione non specificato nel file config.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:134
msgid Template database not specified in config file.
msgstr Database dei template non specificato nel file config.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:139
msgid
The Sigils and Smileys options in the config file are no longer used. Please
remove them.
msgstr
Le opzioni «Sigils» e «Smileys» nel file config non sono più usate e
pertanto vanno rimosse.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:153
#, perl-format
msgid Problem setting up the database defined by stanza %s of %s.
msgstr Problema nell'impostare il database definito dalla stanza %s di %s.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:228
msgid
-f, --frontend\t\tSpecify debconf frontend to use.\n
-p, --priority\t\tSpecify minimum priority question to show.\n
--terse\t\t\tEnable terse mode.\n
msgstr
-f, --frontend Specifica il frontend di debconf da usare.\n
-p, --priority Specifica la priorità minima da mostrare.\n
--terse Abilita la modalità concisa.\n
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:308
#, perl-format
msgid Ignoring invalid priority \%s\
msgstr La priorità «%s» non è valida e verrà ignorata.
#: ../Debconf/Config.pm:309
#, perl-format
msgid Valid priorities are: %s
msgstr Le priorità valide sono: %s
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Multiselect.pm:31
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Select.pm:31
msgid Choices
msgstr Scelte
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:36
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:59
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Boolean.pm:28
msgid yes
msgstr sì
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:30
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:39
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Boolean.pm:62
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Boolean.pm:29
msgid no
msgstr no
#: ../Debconf/Element/Editor/Multiselect.pm:32
msgid
(Enter zero or more items separated by a comma followed by a space (', ').)
msgstr
Inserire zero o più elementi separati da una virgola seguita da uno spazio
(«, »)
#: ../Debconf/Element/Gnome.pm:182
msgid _Help
msgstr A_iuto
#: ../Debconf/Element/Gnome.pm:184
msgid Help
msgstr Aiuto
#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:40
#, fuzzy
msgid
Debconf is not confident this error message was displayed, so it mailed it
to you.
msgstr
Debconf non è stato configurato per mostrare questo messaggio d'errore, così
ve l'ha spedito.
#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:67
msgid Debconf
msgstr Debconf
#: ../Debconf/Element/Noninteractive/Error.pm:90
#, perl-format
msgid Debconf, running at %s
msgstr Debconf, in esecuzione su %s
#: ../Debconf/Element/Select.pm:95 ../Debconf/Element/Select.pm:110
#, perl-format
msgid
Input value, \%s\ not found in C choices! This should never happen.
Perhaps the templates were incorrectly localized.
msgstr
Valore di input «%s» non trovato nelle scelte C! Questo non dovrebbe
succedere mai. Forse i template sono stati tradotti in modo errato.
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Multiselect.pm:27
msgid none of the above
msgstr nessuna delle precedenti
#: ../Debconf/Element/Teletype/Multiselect.pm:47
msgid Enter the items you want to select, separated by spaces.
msgstr Inserire gli elementi che si vuole scegliere, separati da spazi.
#: ../Debconf/FrontEnd.pm:140
#, perl-format
msgid Unable to load Debconf::Element::%s. Failed because: %s
msgstr Impossibile caricare Debconf::Element::%s.
arb 6.0.2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package arb
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
arb. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Saturday, October 25, 2014.
Thanks,
# translation of arb_0.0.20050526-7_cs.po to czech
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: a...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-11 07:42+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-27 19:58+0100\n
Last-Translator: David Paleino d.pale...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid ARB PT-server administrators:
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid
The default configuration of PT-server slots in /etc/arb/arb_tcp.dat gives
ARB three global slots accessible by all users (connecting to localhost:
${PORT}), as well as three slots to give private per-user access (connecting
to ~/.arb_pts/${USER}${NUMBER}.socket).
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../arb-common.templates:2001
msgid
Only members of the \arb\ system group will be able to build and update
the shared PT-servers. Please enter the login names for these privileged
users.
msgstr
#~ msgid Arb users:
#~ msgstr Utente Arb:
#~ msgid
#~ Please choose, among the list of all unprivileged users of the system,
#~ those who will be allowed running ${pkg}.
#~ msgstr
#~ Per favore scegli, tra l'elenco di tutti gli utenti non privilegiati del
#~ sistema, quelli che avranno diritto ad eseguire ${pkg}.
[BTS#764087] po-debconf://ilisp/it.po
Correcting the bug number -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
[BTS#764088] po-debconf://pdsh/it.po
Correcting the bug number -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
dictionaries-common 1.23.7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dictionaries-common
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
dictionaries-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
(this is the second call for translation as a translatable template
was omitted in the originally sent call for translations a few days ago)
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, August 07, 2014.
Thanks,
# translation of debconf for dictionaries-common
# This file is distributed under the same license as the dictionaries-common package.
# Giuseppe Sacco eppes...@debian.org, 2004, 2011.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: dictionaries-common 1.10.11\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dictionaries-com...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-24 07:01+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-16 14:52+0200\n
Last-Translator: Giuseppe Sacco eppes...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid Possible debconf database corruption
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid
The setting for \${question}\ is missing, but packages providing
candidates are installed: \${class_packages}\.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid
This may be due to corruption in the debconf database. See \/usr/share/doc/
dictionaries-common/README.problems\ on \Debconf database corruption\.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid
In this case, running \/usr/share/debconf/fix_db.pl\ can help to put the
debconf database in a consistent state.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:2001
msgid
Some questions are likely to be asked after this message in order to leave
the dictionaries system in a (provisionally) working state.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
msgid Invalid configuration value for default dictionary
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
msgid
An invalid value has been found for a configuration setting for dictionaries-
common. \${value}\ does not correspond to any installed package on the
system.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| That is usually caused by problems at some time during packages
#| installation, where the package providing [${value}] was selected for
#| installation but finally not installed because of errors in other
#| packages.
msgid
This is usually caused by previous problems during package installation,
where the package providing \${value}\ was selected for installation but
finally not installed because of errors in other packages.
msgstr
Questo è normalmente dovuto a problemi verificatisi durante l'installazione
dei pacchetti, dove il pacchetto che fornisce [${value}] è stato selezionato
per l'installazione, ma alla fine non è stato installato a causa di errori
in altri pacchetti.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| To fix this error, reinstall (or install) the package that provides the
#| missing value. Then, if you don't want this package on your system,
#| remove it, which will also remove its debconf entries. Menu to be shown
#| after this message will try to leave the system in a working state until
#| then.
msgid
To fix this error, reinstall (or install) the package that provides
\${value}\. Then, if you don't want that package on this system, remove
it, which will also delete this configuration setting. A menu of choices
will be shown after this message in order to leave the system in a working
state until you fix the problem.
msgstr
Per sistemare questo problema, reinstallare (o installare) il pacchetto che
fornisce il valore mancante. Poi, se non si vuole il pacchetto nel proprio
sistema, rimuoverlo, la qual cosa eliminerà anche i dati di debconf. Il menu
che segue questo messaggio cercherà di lasciare il sistema in uno stato
funzionante.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| This error message can also appear during ispell dictionary or wordlist
#| renaming (e.g., wenglish- wamerican). In this case it is harmless and
#| everything will be fixed
dictionaries-common 1.23.7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dictionaries-common
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
dictionaries-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, August 06, 2014.
Thanks,
# translation of debconf for dictionaries-common
# This file is distributed under the same license as the dictionaries-common package.
# Giuseppe Sacco eppes...@debian.org, 2004, 2011.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: dictionaries-common 1.10.11\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dictionaries-com...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-23 07:03+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-16 14:52+0200\n
Last-Translator: Giuseppe Sacco eppes...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
msgid Invalid configuration value for default dictionary
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
msgid
An invalid value has been found for a configuration setting for dictionaries-
common. \${value}\ does not correspond to any installed package on the
system.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| That is usually caused by problems at some time during packages
#| installation, where the package providing [${value}] was selected for
#| installation but finally not installed because of errors in other
#| packages.
msgid
This is usually caused by previous problems during package installation,
where the package providing \${value}\ was selected for installation but
finally not installed because of errors in other packages.
msgstr
Questo è normalmente dovuto a problemi verificatisi durante l'installazione
dei pacchetti, dove il pacchetto che fornisce [${value}] è stato selezionato
per l'installazione, ma alla fine non è stato installato a causa di errori
in altri pacchetti.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| To fix this error, reinstall (or install) the package that provides the
#| missing value. Then, if you don't want this package on your system,
#| remove it, which will also remove its debconf entries. Menu to be shown
#| after this message will try to leave the system in a working state until
#| then.
msgid
To fix this error, reinstall (or install) the package that provides
\${value}\. Then, if you don't want that package on this system, remove
it, which will also delete this configuration setting. A menu of choices
will be shown after this message in order to leave the system in a working
state until you fix the problem.
msgstr
Per sistemare questo problema, reinstallare (o installare) il pacchetto che
fornisce il valore mancante. Poi, se non si vuole il pacchetto nel proprio
sistema, rimuoverlo, la qual cosa eliminerà anche i dati di debconf. Il menu
che segue questo messaggio cercherà di lasciare il sistema in uno stato
funzionante.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. TRANSLATORS: DO NOT TRANSLATE variable names such as ${value}
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| This error message can also appear during ispell dictionary or wordlist
#| renaming (e.g., wenglish- wamerican). In this case it is harmless and
#| everything will be fixed after you select your default in the menu(s)
#| shown after this message.
msgid
This error message can also appear during ispell dictionary or wordlist
renaming (e.g.: wenglish - wamerican). In this case it is harmless and
everything will be fixed after you select your default in the menu(s) shown
after this message.
msgstr
Questo errore può anche apparire durante la rinomina del dizionario ispell o
di «wordlist» (esempio: wenglish - wamerican). In questo caso è innocuo e
il tutto può essere sistemato dopo aver fatto la propria scelta nel menu
mostrato dopo questo messaggio.
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:4001 ../dictionaries-common.templates:5001
msgid ${echoices}
msgstr ${echoices}
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:4001 ../dictionaries-common.templates:5001
msgid Manual symlink setting
msgstr Impostazione manuale dei collegamenti
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../dictionaries-common.templates:4002
msgid System default ispell dictionary:
msgstr Quale dizionario ispell
kinect-audio-setup 0.3-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package kinect-audio-setup
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for kinect-audio-setup. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, March 03, 2014. Thanks, # Italian (Italy) kinect-audio-setup debconf translation # Copyright (C) 2013 Antonio Ospite osp...@studenti.unina.it # This file is distributed under the same license as the kinect-audio-setup package. # Antonio Ospite osp...@studenti.unina.it # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: kinect-audio-setup\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kinect-audio-se...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:39+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-19 17:31+0100\n Last-Translator: Antonio Ospite osp...@studenti.unina.it\n Language-Team: LANGUAGE l...@li.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Do you accept the Microsoft KinectForWindows EULA? msgid Do you accept the Microsoft Kinect for Windows EULA? msgstr Accetti la EULA di Microsoft KinectForWindows? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| In order to fetch the binary firmware needed by this package you need to #| agree to the EULA of the Microsoft KinectForWindows SDK: msgid In order to fetch the binary firmware needed by the kinect-audio-setup package, you need to agree to the End User License Agreement (EULA) of the Microsoft Kinect for Windows Software Development Kit: msgstr Per poter scaricare il firmware binario richiesto da questo pacchetto devi accettare la EULA dell'SDK Microsoft KinectForWindows: #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid EULA not accepted msgstr EULA non accettata #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You need to accept the EULA of Microsoft KinectForWindows SDK in order to #| fetch the binary firmware needed by this package. msgid You need to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) of the Microsoft Kinect for Windows Software Development Kit in order to fetch the binary firmware needed by the kinect-audio-setup package. msgstr Devi accettare la EULA dell'SDK Microsoft KinectForWindows per poter scaricare il firmware binario richiesto da questo pacchetto. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You can do this later by calling:\n #| dpkg-reconfigure kinect-audio-setup msgid You can do this later with \dpkg-reconfigure kinect-audio-setup\. msgstr Puoi fare ciò in seguito eseguendo:\n dpkg-reconfigure kinect-audio-setup #~ msgid http://www.kinectforwindows.org/download/EULA.htm; #~ msgstr http://www.kinectforwindows.org/download/EULA.htm;
chef 11.8.2-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package chef
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for chef. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, March 04, 2014. Thanks, # Italian translation of chef debconf messages. # Copyright (C) 2012, chef package copyright holder. # This file is distributed under the same license as the chef package. # Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: chef 0.8.16-4.2\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: c...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-18 07:08+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-29 17:21+0200\n Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../chef.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Chef server URL: msgid URL of Chef server msgstr URL del server Chef: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../chef.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please specify the full URL that clients will use to connect to the Chef #| server (for instance \http://chef.example.com:4000\;). msgid Please choose the full URI that clients will use to connect to the server (for instance: http://chef.example.com:4000). msgstr Specificare l'URL completo che i client useranno per connettersi al server Chef (ad esempio «http://chef.example.com:4000»). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../chef.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please specify the full URL that clients will use to connect to the Chef #| server (for instance \http://chef.example.com:4000\;). msgid This setting will be stored in /etc/chef/client.rb as \chef_server_url\. msgstr Specificare l'URL completo che i client useranno per connettersi al server Chef (ad esempio «http://chef.example.com:4000»). #~ msgid Password for the AMQP user \chef\: #~ msgstr Password per l'utente AMQP «chef»: #~ msgid #~ Please choose a password for the default user (named \chef\) in the #~ AMQP server queue, under the default RabbitMQ vhost (also \/chef\). #~ msgstr #~ Scegliere una password per l'utente predefinito (chiamato «chef») nella #~ coda del server AMQP, nel vhost RabbitMQ predefinito («/chef»). #~ msgid #~ RabbitMQ's rabbitmqctl program, which will be used to set this password, #~ cannot read input from a file. Instead it will be passed as a command- #~ line argument, so the password should not include any shell meta- #~ characters that could cause errors, such as \!\. #~ msgstr #~ Il programma rabbitmqctl di RabbitMQ, che sarà usato per impostare questa #~ password, non può leggere l'input da un file. Sarà invece passata come #~ argomento nella riga di comando, perciò la password non dovrebbe #~ contenere alcun metacarattere della shell che potrebbe causare errori, #~ come «!». #~ msgid Temporary password for the Chef server user \admin\: #~ msgstr Password temporanea per l'utente «admin» del server Chef: #~ msgid #~ Please choose a temporary password for the first time the \admin\ user #~ logs into the Chef server web interface. It should be changed immediately #~ after being used. #~ msgstr #~ Scegliere una password temporanea per il primo login dell'utente «admin» #~ nell'interfaccia web del server Chef. Dovrebbe essere cambiata #~ immediatamente dopo essere stata usata. #~ msgid #~ This password must be at least six characters long. If no password is #~ entered, a default value will be used which is displayed on the Chef #~ server web interface home page. #~ msgstr #~ Questa password deve essere lunga almeno sei caratteri. Se non viene #~ inserita una password, verrà usato un valore predefinito che è mostrato #~ nella pagina principale dell'interfaccia web del server Chef.
apt-cacher-ng 0.7.24-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package apt-cacher-ng
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for apt-cacher-ng. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, February 10, 2014. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF APT-CACHER-NG PO-DEBCONF FILE. # COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE APT-CACHER-NG'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-cacher-ng package. # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: apt-cacher-ng 0.4-2\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: apt-cacher...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-27 06:52+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-28 19:25+0100\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2001 msgid Set up once msgstr Impostare una volta #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2001 msgid Set up now and update later msgstr Impostare ora e aggiornare successivamente #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2001 msgid No automated setup msgstr Nessuna impostazione automatica #. Type: select #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2002 msgid Automatic remapping of client requests: msgstr Redirezione automatica delle richieste dei client: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Apt-Cacher NG can download packages from repositories other than those #| requested by the clients. This allows it to cache content effectively, #| and makes it easy for an administrator to switch to another mirror later. msgid Apt-Cacher NG can download packages from repositories other than those requested by the clients. This allows it to cache content effectively, and makes it easy for an administrator to switch to another mirror later. The URL remapping can be set up automatically, using a configuration based on the current state of /etc/apt/sources.list. msgstr Apt-Cacher NG può scaricare i pacchetti da repository diversi da quelli richiesti dai client. Questo consente di memorizzare localmente il contenuto e facilita agli amministratori un eventuale successivo passaggio a un altro mirror. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2002 msgid Please specify whether the remapping should be configured once now, or reconfigured on every update of Apt-Cacher NG (modifying the configuration files each time), or left unconfigured. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:2002 msgid Selecting \No automated setup\ will leave the existing configuration unchanged. It will need to be updated manually. msgstr Selezionando «Nessuna impostazione automatica» si lascerà la configurazione attuale invariata. Dovrà essere aggiornata manualmente. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001 msgid Listening address(es) for Apt-Cacher NG: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001 msgid Please specify the local addresses that Apt-Cacher NG should listen on (multiple entries must be separated by spaces). msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001 msgid Each entry must be an IP address or hostname associated with a local network interface. Generic protocol-specific addresses are also supported, such as 0.0.0.0 for listening on all IPv4-enabled interfaces. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001 msgid If this field is left empty, Apt-Cacher NG will listen on all interfaces, with all supported protocols. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:3001 ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:6001 msgid The special word \keep\ keeps the value from the current (or default) configuration unchanged. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:4001 msgid Listening TCP port: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:4001 msgid Please specify the TCP port that Apt-Cacher NG should listen on for incoming HTTP (proxy) requests. The default value is port 3142, but it can be set to to emulate apt-proxy. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:4001 msgid If this field is left empty, the value from the current configuration remains unchanged. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:5001 msgid Top-level directory for package cache: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../apt-cacher-ng.templates:5001 msgid The main cache storage directory should be located on a file system without file name
Re: Bug#730523: mini-buildd: [INTL:it] locale it
Quoting Pierangelo Mancusi (pierangelo.manc...@gmail.com): Package: mini-buildd Severity: wishlist Tags: l10n Hello Pierangelo, THere are a few concerns with your translation work: msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: mini-buildd\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mini-bui...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-03 20:40+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-14 11:55+0100\n Last-Translator: Pierangelo Mancusi pierangelo.manc...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n ^^^ This is broken: the first character should be removed Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n And this last line is therefore a duplicate. This can be seen with: msgfmt -o /dev/null it.po that shouldn't spit out any error. After fixing that and resyncing with the current POT file, it appears that you probably based your translation on the POT file that was in the package. However, these strings were changed by a review so after a resync there are fuzzies and untranslated strings in your translation. Could you please recomplete the attached file? In case moredetails are needed, I recommend coordinating with other people in debian-l10n-italian. it.po Description: application/gettext signature.asc Description: Digital signature
[DONE] po-debconf://guacamole/it.po
For the robot. 1/2 -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
[BTS#729793] po-debconf://guacamole-client/it.po
For the robot 2/2 -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
fpc 2.6.2-6: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fpc
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for fpc. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 26, 2013. Thanks, # Italian translation of fpc debconf messages. # Copyright (C) 2012, Beatrice Torracca # This file is distributed under the same license as the fpc package. # Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: fpc\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: f...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-12 06:57+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-15 18:51+0200\n Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:2001 msgid Rename \/etc/fpc.cfg\ to \/etc/fpc.cfg.bak\? msgstr Rinominare «/etc/fpc.cfg» in «/etc/fpc.cfg.bak»? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:2001 msgid FPC now supports having multiple versions installed on the same system. The update-alternatives command can be used to set a default version for\n * fpc (the compiler);\n * fpc.cfg (the configuration file);\n * fp-utils (the helper tools). msgstr FPC permette adesso di avere più versioni installate sullo stesso sistema. Il comando update-alternatives può essere usato per impostare una versione predefinita per\n * fpc (il compilatore);\n * fpc.cfg (il file di configurazione);\n * fp-utils (gli strumenti ausiliari). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:2001 msgid Whatever version you may choose as default, the configuration files are always backward compatible, so it should always be safe to use the latest version. msgstr Indipendentemente da quale versione si scelga come predefinita, i file di configurazione sono sempre compatibili all'indietro, perciò dovrebbe in ogni caso essere sicuro scegliere di usare la versione più recente. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:2001 msgid In order to use the alternatives system on the system wide FPC configuration file you must accept renaming \/etc/fpc.cfg\; otherwise you will need to manage this manually by yourself. msgstr Per usare il sistema di alternative per il file di configurazione FPC a livello di sistema, si deve accettare di rinominare «/etc/fpc.cfg»; in caso contrario si dovrà gestire la cosa da soli manualmente. #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:3001 ../fp-compiler.templates.in:4001 msgid Default MS Windows .rc resource compiler: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:3001 ../fp-compiler.templates.in:4001 msgid FPC supports compiling programs that embed resources as MS Windows .rc- format files on all platforms where the MinGW windres tool is available. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:3001 ../fp-compiler.templates.in:4001 msgid In order to be able to compile projects using .rc files, you need first to manually install the package mingw32-binutils. mingw32-binutils is suggested by fp-compiler but not pulled in automatically. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:3001 msgid If you want to enter a custom .rc file compiler that does not appear in this list or if you simply want to disable this feature, please select \Select manually\. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../fp-compiler.templates.in:4001 msgid If you don't want to use a default .rc file compiler, leave this blank. msgstr
localepurge 0.7.4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package localepurge
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for localepurge. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, November 22, 2013. Thanks, # Italian translation of localepurge debconf. # Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the localepurge package. # Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it, 2011. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: localepurge 0.6.2+nmu1\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: localepu...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-08 07:01+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-16 11:47+0200\n Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it\n Language-Team: debian-l10n-italian\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:2001 msgid Locale files to keep on this system: msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:2001 msgid The localepurge package will remove all locale files from the system except those that you select here. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:2001 msgid When selecting the locale corresponding to your language and country code (such as \de_DE\, \de_CH\, \it_IT\, etc.) it is recommended to choose the two-character entry (\de\, \it\, etc.) as well. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:2001 msgid Entries from /etc/locale.gen will be preselected if no prior configuration has been successfully completed. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:3001 msgid Use dpkg --path-exclude? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:3001 msgid dpkg supports --path-exclude and --path-include options to filter files from packages being installed. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:3001 msgid Please see /usr/share/doc/localepurge/README.dpkg-path for more information about this feature. It can be enabled (or disabled) later by running \dpkg- reconfigure localepurge\. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:3001 msgid This option will become active for packages unpacked after localepurge has been (re)configured. Packages installed or upgraded together with localepurge may (or may not) be subject to the previous configuration of localepurge. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:4001 msgid Really remove all locales? msgstr Rimuovere veramente tutti i locale? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You chose not to keep any locales. This means that all locales will be #| removed from your system. Are you sure this really is what you want? msgid No locale has been chosen for being kept. This means that all locales will be removed from this system. Please confirm whether this is really your intent. msgstr Si è scelto di non tenere alcun locale. Ciò significa che tutti i locale verranno rimossi dal sistema. Si è sicuri che questo sia realmente ciò che si vuole? #. Type: note #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:5001 msgid No localepurge action until the package is configured msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| localepurge will not be useful until you successfully configure it with #| the command \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. The configured entries #| from /etc/locale.gen of the locales package will then be automagically #| preselected. msgid The localepurge package will not be useful until it has been successfully configured using the command \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. The configured entries from /etc/locale.gen of the locales package will then be automatically preselected. msgstr localepurge non sarà utile fino a che non verrà configurato con successo con il comando \dpkg-reconfigure localepurge\. Le voci configurate in /etc/ locale.gen per il pacchetto locales saranno allora automagicamente preselezionate. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:6001 msgid Also delete localized man pages? msgstr Cancellare anche le pagine man tradotte? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../localepurge.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Based on the same locale information you chose above, localepurge can #| also delete superfluous localized man pages. msgid Based on the same locale information you chose, localepurge can also delete localized man pages. msgstr Sulla base delle stesse informazioni sui locale scelte prima, localepurge può anche cancellare le
strongswan 5.1.0-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package strongswan
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for strongswan. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. The maintainer forgot to ask for translation updates so I'm doing that on his behalf. Please send updates as wishlist bugs against strongswan. DO NOT SEND THEM TO ME. There is no specific deadline for this. Thanks in advance, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF STRONGSWAN'S PO-DEBCONF FILE. # COPYRIGHT (C) YEAR THE STRONGSWAN'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the strongswan package. # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: strongswan\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: strongs...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-07 13:28+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-13 16:03+0100\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: note #. Description #: ../strongswan-starter.templates:2001 msgid Old runlevel management superseded msgstr Vecchia gestione del runlevel sostituita #. Type: note #. Description #: ../strongswan-starter.templates:2001 msgid Previous versions of the strongSwan package gave a choice between three different Start/Stop-Levels. Due to changes in the standard system startup procedure, this is no longer necessary or useful. For all new installations as well as old ones running in any of the predefined modes, sane default levels will now be set. If you are upgrading from a previous version and changed your strongSwan startup parameters, then please take a look at NEWS. Debian for instructions on how to modify your setup accordingly. msgstr Le versioni precedenti di strongSwan lasciavano la scelta fra tre diversi livelli di avvio/arresto. A seguito dei cambiamenti nella procedura standard di avvio, questo non è più necessario né utile. Per tutte le nuove installazioni e per quelle già esistenti che vengono eseguite in qualsiasi modalità predefinita vengono ora impostati dei livelli predefiniti ragionevoli. Se si sta aggiornando da una versione precedente e si sono modificati i parametri di strongSwan, consultare le NEWS.Debian su come modificare le impostazioni. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../strongswan-starter.templates:3001 msgid Restart strongSwan now? msgstr Riavviare strongSwan adesso? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../strongswan-starter.templates:3001 msgid Restarting strongSwan is recommended, since if there is a security fix, it will not be applied until the daemon restarts. Most people expect the daemon to restart, so this is generally a good idea. However, this might take down existing connections and then bring them back up, so if you are using such a strongSwan tunnel to connect for this update, restarting is not recommended. msgstr È raccomandato il riavvio di strongSwan, in quanto un'eventuale correzione di sicurezza non verrà applicata fino al riavvio del demone. La maggior parte degli utenti si attende che il demone si riavvii, per cui in genere è una buona scelta. Il riavvio potrebbe però interrompere e riavviare le connessioni esistenti, per cui se si sta utilizzando un tunnel strongSwan per l'aggiornamento il riavvio non è raccomandabile. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../strongswan-starter.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Start strongSwan's IKEv1 daemon? msgid Start strongSwan's charon daemon? msgstr Avviare il demone di strongSwan IKEv1? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../strongswan-starter.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The charon daemon must be running to support version 2 of the Internet #| Key Exchange protocol. msgid The charon daemon must be running to support the Internet Key Exchange protocol. msgstr Per il supporto alla versione 2 del protocollo IKE (Internet Key Exchange) è necessario che il demone charon sia in esecuzione. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../strongswan-starter.templates:5001 msgid Use an X.509 certificate for this host? msgstr Utilizzare un certificato X.509 per questo host? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../strongswan-starter.templates:5001 msgid An X.509 certificate for this host can be automatically created or imported. It can be used to authenticate IPsec connections to other hosts and is the preferred way of building up secure IPsec connections. The other possibility would be to use shared secrets (passwords that are the same on both sides of the tunnel) for authenticating a connection, but for a larger number of connections, key based authentication is easier to administer and more secure. msgstr Per questo host è possibile la creazione o la creazione automatica di un certificato X.509 per l'autenticazione di connessioni IPsec ad altri host; è la modalità preferita per la creazione di connessioni IPsec sicure. L'altra
glance 2013.1.2-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glance
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for glance. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against glance. There is no strict deadline for this to happen. Thanks in advance, # Italian description of glance debconf messages. # Copyright (C) 2012, glance package copyright holder. # This file is distributed under the same license as the glance package. # Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: glance\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gla...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-11-22 17:07+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-11 21:51+0200\n Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid Pipeline flavor: msgstr Tipo di pipeline: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid Please specify the flavor of pipeline to be used by Glance. msgstr Specificare il tipo di pipeline da usare con Glance. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid If you use the OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone), you might want to select \keystone\. If you don't use this service, you can safely choose \caching\ only. msgstr Se si usa OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone) si può selezionare «keystone». Se non si usa questo servizio, si può senza problemi scegliere semplicemente «caching». #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Auth server admin token: msgid Auth server hostname: msgstr Token di amministrazione del server di autenticazione: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please specify the URL of your Glance authentication server. Typically #| this is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). msgid Please specify the URL of your Glance authentication server. Typically this is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). msgstr Specificare l'URL del server di autenticazione Glance. Tipicamente, è anche l'URL dell'OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Auth server admin token: msgid Auth server tenant name: msgstr Token di amministrazione del server di autenticazione: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Auth server admin token: msgid Auth server username: msgstr Token di amministrazione del server di autenticazione: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Auth server admin token: msgid Auth server password: msgstr Token di amministrazione del server di autenticazione: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Set up a database for glance-registry? msgid Set up a database for glance? msgstr Impostare un database per glance-registry? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| No database has been set up for glance-registry to use. Before #| continuing, you should make sure you have: msgid No database has been set up for glance-registry or glance-api to use. Before continuing, you should make sure you have: msgstr Non è stato impostato alcun database per essere usato da glance-registry. Prima di continuare ci si dovrebbe assicurare di avere: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| - the server host name (that server must allow TCP connections\n #|from this machine);\n #| - a username and password to access the database.\n #| - A database type that you want to use. msgid - the server host name (that server must allow TCP connections from this\n machine);\n - a username and password to access the database.\n - A database type that you want to use. msgstr - il nome host del server (tale server deve permettere le connessioni\n TCP da questa macchina);\n - un nome utente e una password per accedere al database;\n - un tipo di database che si desidera usare. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 msgid If some of these requirements are missing, reject this option and run with regular sqlite support. msgstr Se non si ha uno o più di questi requisiti, rifiutare questa opzione ed eseguire con il regolare supporto per sqlite. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You can change this setting later on by running 'dpkg-reconfigure -plow #| glance-registry
keystone 2013.1.2-6: Please update debconf PO translation for the package keystone
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for keystone. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug against keystone. There is no deadline for receiving the updated translation Thanks in advance, # Italian translation of keystone debconf messages. # Copyright (C) 2012, Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it # This file is distributed under the same license as the keystone package. # Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: keystone\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: keyst...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-10 23:09+0800\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-17 17:55+0200\n Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid Set up a database for Keystone? msgstr Impostare un database per Keystone? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| No database has been set up for Keystone to use. If you want to set one #| up now, please make sure you have all needed information: msgid No database has been set up for Keystone to use. Before continuing, you should make sure you have the following information: msgstr Non è stato impostato alcun database per l'uso da parte di Keystone. Se si desidera impostarne uno ora assicurarsi di avere tutte le informazioni necessarie: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n #|connections from this machine);\n #| * a username and password to access the database;\n #| * the type of database management software you want to use. msgid * the type of database that you want to use;\n * the database server host name (that server must allow TCP connections from this\n machine);\n * a username and password to access the database. msgstr * il nome host del server di database (che deve permettere le \n connessioni TCP da questa macchina);\n * un nome utente e una password per accedere al database;\n * il tipo di software di gestione del database che si desidera usare. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid If some of these requirements are missing, do not choose this option and run with regular SQLite support. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:2001 msgid You can change this setting later on by running \dpkg-reconfigure -plow keystone\. msgstr È possibile cambiare questa impostazione successivamente eseguendo \dpkg- reconfigure -plow keystone\. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:3001 msgid Authentication server administration token: msgstr Token di amministrazione del server di autenticazione: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the token to use with the authentication server. msgstr Inserire il token da usare con il server di autenticazione. #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Translators: a tenant in OpenStack world is #. an entity that contains one or more username/password couples. #. It's typically the tenant that will be used for billing. Having more than one #. username/password is very helpful in larger organization. #. You're advised to either keep tenant without translating it #. or keep it parenthezised. Example for French: #. locataire (tenant) #: ../keystone.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Authentication server administration token: msgid Register administration tenants? msgstr Token di amministrazione del server di autenticazione: #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Translators: a tenant in OpenStack world is #. an entity that contains one or more username/password couples. #. It's typically the tenant that will be used for billing. Having more than one #. username/password is very helpful in larger organization. #. You're advised to either keep tenant without translating it #. or keep it parenthezised. Example for French: #. locataire (tenant) #: ../keystone.templates:4001 msgid For OpenStack to work, you need a basic tenant configuration. The creation of these administration tenants can be done automatically. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Please enter the token to use with the authentication server. msgid Username of the administrative user: msgstr Inserire il token da usare con il server di autenticazione. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../keystone.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Please enter the token to use with the
nova 2013.1.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nova
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for nova. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug against nova. There is no deadline for receiving the updated translation. Thanks in advance, # Italian translation of nova debconf messages. # Copyright (C) 2012, Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it # This file is distributed under the same license as the nova package. # Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nova\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-23 16:12+0800\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-11 19:09+0200\n Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:2001 msgid Start nova services at boot? msgstr Far partire i servizi Nova all'avvio? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:2001 msgid Please choose whether you want to start Nova services when the machine is booted up. msgstr Scegliere se far partire i servizi Nova all'avvio della macchina. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid Auth server hostname: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:3001 msgid Please specify the URL of your Nova authentication server. Typically this is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:4001 msgid Auth server tenant name: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:5001 msgid Auth server username: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:6001 msgid Auth server password: msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid Set up a database for Nova? msgstr Impostare un database per Nova? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid No database has been set up for Nova to use. If you want to set one up now, please make sure you have all needed information: msgstr Non è stato impostato alcun database per l'uso da parte di Nova. Se si desidera impostarne uno ora assicurarsi di avere tutte le informazioni necessarie: #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid * the host name of the database server (which must allow TCP\n connections from this machine);\n * a username and password to access the database;\n * the type of database management software you want to use. msgstr * il nome host del server di database (che deve permettere le connessioni\n TCP da questa macchina);\n * un nome utente e una password per accedere al database;\n * il tipo di software di gestione del database che si desidera usare. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid If you don't choose this option, no database will be set up and Nova will use regular SQLite support. msgstr Se non si sceglie questa opzione, non verrà impostato alcun database e Nova userà il regolare supporto SQLite. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:7001 msgid You can change this setting later on by running \dpkg-reconfigure -plow nova-common\. msgstr È possibile cambiare questa impostazione successivamente eseguendo \dpkg- reconfigure -plow nova-common\. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:8001 msgid API to activate: msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:8001 msgid Openstack Nova supports different API services, each of them binding on a different port. Select which one nova-api should support. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:8001 msgid If it is a compute node that you are setting-up, then you only need to run the metadata API server. If you run Cinder, then you don't need osapi_volume (you cannot run osapi_volume and cinder-api on the same server: they bind on the same port). msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:9001 msgid Value for my_ip: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:9001 msgid Enter the IP address that will be set in the my_ip directive of nova.conf. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:10001 msgid Ip address of your rabbitmq host: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nova-common.templates:10001 msgid Enter the IP address that will be set in the rabbitmq_host directive of nova. conf. If you are installing openstack-proxy-node, then the default to use 127.0.0.1 is
ircd-hybrid 1:8.0.9.dfsg.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ircd-hybrid
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for ircd-hybrid. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, July 09, 2013. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF IRCD-HYPRID'S PO-DEBCONF FILE. # COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE IRCD-HYBRID'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the ircd-hybrid package. # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: ircd-hybrid\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ircd-hyb...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-25 07:12+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-14 19:56+0200\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:2001 msgid Restart ircd-hybrid on each upgrade? msgstr Riavviare ircd-hybrid a ogni aggiornamento? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| You may choose whether or not you want to restart the ircd-hybrid daemon #| every time you install a new version of this package. msgid Please choose whether the ircd-hybrid daemon should be restarted every time a new version of this package is installed. msgstr È possibile scegliere se riavviare o meno il demone di ircd-hybrid a ogni aggiornamento del pacchetto. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:2001 msgid Automatic restarts may be problematic if, for instance, the server is running with manually loaded modules, which will need to be reloaded after the restart. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you refuse, you have to restart ircd-hybrid yourself if you upgraded, #| by typing `invoke-rc.d ircd-hybrid restart' whenever it suits you. msgid If you reject this option, you will have to restart ircd-hybrid via \service ircd-hybrid restart\ when needed. msgstr Se si risponde negativamente sarà necessario riavviare manualmente ircd- hybrid, dopo l'aggiornamento, eseguendo «invoke-rc.d ircd-hybrid restart» al momento opportuno. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:3001 msgid Upgrade ircd-hybrid to version without cryptlink support? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:3001 msgid The 8.x version of ircd-hybrid includes a change to the way secure server links are implemented, which is not backwards-compatible with ircd-hybrid 7. x, from which you are upgrading. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:3001 msgid If you have any secure server links (cryptlinks) configured with this server, you should plan to either upgrade all servers in lock-step, or temporarily configure non-cryptlink server links, to ensure the continuity of your IRC links. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:4001 msgid Upgrade ircd-hybrid to version without compatible services? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:4001 msgid The 8.x version of ircd-hybrid includes a change to the way services are supported, losing compatibility with hybserv. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../ircd-hybrid.templates:4001 msgid The recommended services daemon for Hybrid 8 is Anope, for which no package is available yet, although one is planned. msgstr #~ msgid All OpenSSL support is now disabled by default; continue? #~ msgstr #~ Il supporto a OpenSSL è ora disabilitato in modalità predefinita. #~ Continuare? #~ msgid #~ Due to licensing issues ircd-hybrid is no longer built by default with #~ OpenSSL. This will be addressed in a future release, pending a rewrite of #~ the SSL layer with GNUTLS. #~ msgstr #~ A causa di problemi di licenza ircd-hybrid non viene più compilato, in #~ modo predefinito, con OpenSSL. Questa situazione verrà rivista in uno dei #~ prossimi rilasci, in attesa di una riscrittura del livello SSL con GNUTLS. #~ msgid #~ If any of your existing server links take advantage of cryptlinks, refer #~ to /usr/share/doc/ircd-hybrid/CRYPTLINKS.txt to find out how to build #~ ircd-hybrid with SSL support (easily.) #~ msgstr #~ Per compilare in modo semplice ircd-hybrid con il supporto a SSL, #~ consultare la documentazione in «/usr/share/doc/ircd-hybrid/CRYPTLINKS. #~ txt». #~ msgid #~ Sometimes, you do not want to do this. For instance, if you are doing the #~ upgrade and loading IRCd modules at runtime. Failing to restart the #~ daemon would probably lead you to problems. #~ msgstr #~ A volta potrebbe non essere il caso, per esempio se si sta eseguendo #~ l'aggiornamento e
nss-pam-ldapd 0.8.12-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nss-pam-ldapd
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for nss-pam-ldapd. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, June 24, 2013. Thanks, # Translation of nss-pam-ldapd debconf templates to Italian. # Copyright (C) 2009 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nss-pam-ldapd package. # # Translators: # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2009, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nss-pam-ldapd 0.7.9\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: nss-pam-ld...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-10 07:23+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-19 14:20+0200\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid LDAP server URI: msgstr URI del server LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid Please enter the Uniform Resource Identifier of the LDAP server. The format is \ldap://hostname_or_IP_address:port/\. Alternatively, \ldaps://\ or \ldapi://\ can be used. The port number is optional. msgstr Inserire l'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) del server LDAP. Il formato è «ldap://nomehost o indirizzo IP:porta»; è anche possibile usare «ldaps://» oppure «ldapi://». Il numero della porta è facoltativo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid When using an ldap or ldaps scheme it is recommended to use an IP address to avoid failures when domain name services are unavailable. msgstr Quando si usa lo schema ldap o ldaps si raccomanda di usare un indirizzo IP, al fine di ridurre i rischi di errore quando i servizi dei nomi di dominio non sono disponibili. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Multiple URIs can be specified by separating them with spaces. msgid Multiple URIs can be separated by spaces. msgstr È possibile specificare URI multipli, dividendoli con spazi. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid LDAP server search base: msgstr Base di ricerca del server LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the domain \example.net\ would use \dc=example,dc=net\ as the distinguished name of the search base. msgstr Inserire il DN (distinguished name) della base di ricerca LDAP. A tal fine molti siti usano le componenti del loro nome di dominio: ad esempio, il dominio «esempio.net» userebbe «dc=esempio,dc=net» come DN della base di ricerca. #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 msgid none msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 msgid simple msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 msgid SASL msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4002 msgid LDAP authentication to use: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4002 msgid Please choose what type of authentication the LDAP database should require (if any): msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4002 msgid * none: no authentication;\n * simple: simple bind DN and password authentication;\n * SASL: any Simple Authentication and Security Layer mechanism. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:5001 msgid LDAP database user: msgstr Utente del database LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:5001 #, fuzzy #| msgid This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name). msgid Please enter the name of the account that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name). msgstr Questo valore dovrebbe essere specificato come DN (distinguished name). #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:6001 msgid LDAP user password: msgstr Password dell'utente LDAP: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgid Please enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgstr Inserire la password che verrà utilizzata per accedere al database LDAP. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:7001 msgid SASL mechanism to use: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:7001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgid Please choose the SASL mechanism that will be used to authenticate to the LDAP database: msgstr
glide 2002.04.10ds1-8: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glide
Hi,
You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
glide. The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against glide. NOT TO ME!
There is no deadline for this update as I'm sending this on behalf of
the package maintainer (who is also one of you guys...:-)), who
apparently forgot to do so and owes me a beer, then...:-)
Thanks in advance,
# Italian po-debconf translation of glide
# This file is distributed under the same license as the glide package.
#
# Copyright © 2008, 2009 Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: glide 2002.04.10-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gl...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-24 01:47+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-26 16:02+0200\n
Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n
Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid Manually select driver for 3Dfx card?
msgstr Selezionare manualmente un driver per la scheda 3Dfx?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001
msgid
No 3Dfx card that is supported by glide2 was found. This package supports
cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee, and
Voodoo 3.
msgstr
Non sono state rilevate schede 3Dfx supportate da glide2. Questo pacchetto
supporta le schede basate sui seguenti chipset 3Dfx: Voodoo 2, Voodoo
Banshee e Voodoo 3.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid
If the graphics card in this computer does not use one of these chipsets,
and you are not compiling programs against glide, this package will not be
useful.
msgstr
Se la scheda grafica in questo computer non utilizza uno di questi chipset e
non si compilano programmi con glide, questo pacchetto sarà del tutto
inutile.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid
If the graphics card is based on one of these chipsets, you should file a
bug report against this package, including the output from the \lspci -vm\
command.
msgstr
Se la scheda grafica è basata su uno di questi chipset, segnalare un bug per
questo pacchetto inserendo nella segnalazione l'output del comando \lspci -
vm\.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:2001 ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid
Please choose whether you want to manually select the driver to use for now.
msgstr Scegliere il driver che si desidera selezionandolo manualmente adesso.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:3001 ../libglide3.templates:3001
msgid Driver for 3D acceleration:
msgstr Driver per l'accelerazione 3D:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:3001
msgid
Please select the driver you would like to use for 3D acceleration:\n
* cvg: Voodoo 2;\n
* h3 : Voodoo Banshee and Voodoo 3.
msgstr
Scegliere il driver che si vuole usare per l'accelerazione 3D:\n
* cvg - Voodoo 2;\n
* h3 - Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001 ../libglide3.templates:4001
msgid Card to use for 3D acceleration:
msgstr Scheda da usare per l'accelerazione 3D:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001
msgid
Multiple 3Dfx-based cards were detected based on one of the following 3Dfx
chipsets: Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee, and Voodoo 3.
msgstr
Sono state rilevate più schede basate su uno dei seguenti chipset 3Dfx:
Voodoo 2, Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:4001 ../libglide3.templates:4001
msgid Please select the card you would like to use for 3D acceleration.
msgstr Scegliere la scheda che si vuole usare per l'accelerazione 3D.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libglide2.templates:5001 ../libglide3.templates:5001
msgid ${target} exists but is not a symlink!
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libglide3.templates:2001
msgid
No 3Dfx card that is supported by glide3 was found. This package supports
cards based on the following 3Dfx chipsets: Voodoo Banshee, Voodoo 3, Voodoo
4, and Voodoo 5.
msgstr
Non sono state rilevate schede 3Dfx supportate da glide3. Questo pacchetto
supporta le schede basate sui seguenti chipset 3Dfx: Voodoo Banshee, Voodoo
3, Voodoo 4 e Voodoo 5.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libglide3.templates:3001
msgid
Please select the driver you would like to use for 3D acceleration:\n
* h3: Voodoo Banshee and Voodoo 3;\n
* h5: Voodoo 4 and Voodoo 5.
msgstr
Scegliere il driver che si vuole usare per l'accelerazione 3D:\n
* h3 - Voodoo Banshee e Voodoo 3;\n
* h5 - Voodoo 4 e Voodoo 5.
#. Type: select
#.
Re: Soft call for translating the Release Notes
Quoting Andrei POPESCU (andreimpope...@gmail.com): Hey Release Notes Translators, While the Release Notes are not frozen yet, the target release date is approaching *fast*! You might want to start working on paragraphs that have been added or gather your troops for the last minute sprint. Watch this space for more updates! Please all notice that this is a *very* fast moving target. Don't forget to make use of the previous feature un PO files which helps (with smart PO files editors) identifying what has been changed in a string. Many recent changes are indeed improvements to English and therefore do not need translation changes (unfortunately, Julien Cristau who does a tremendous job in polishing the release notes, has no time to unfuzzy translationsso we have to run after him). I try to refresh PO files as fast as possible when I notice committed changes to English files. svn://svn.debian.org/ddp/manuals/trunk/release-notes If you don't have commit access, please feel free to point us at updated translations or send them as a bugreport against the release-notes package. But hurry up. signature.asc Description: Digital signature
postfix 2.10.0-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix
IMPORTANT: this is needed for wheezy! Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for postfix. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug against postfix. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tue, 26 Mar 2013 08:41:11 +0100. Thanks in advance, # Italian translation of the postfix debconf template # This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package # Cristian Rigamonti c...@linux.it, 2004, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: postfix 2.9.1-2\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-16 08:39+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-13 12:53+0200\n Last-Translator: Cristian Rigamonti c...@linux.it\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade? msgstr Aggiungere una voce 'mydomain' a main.cf per l'aggiornamento? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). msgstr Postfix a partire dalla versione 2.3.3-2 richiede delle modifiche in main. cf. In particolare, mydomain deve essere specificato, visto che hostname(1) non è un fully qualified domain name (FQDN). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN of the machine. msgstr Se non si corregge questa impostazione, il programma sarà inutilizzabile. Rifiutando questa proposta, l'aggiornamento verrà annullato e si potrà eseguire manualmente la modifica alla configurazione. Accettando la proposta il valore di mydomain sarà impostato automaticamente al FQDN del sistema. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade? msgid Set smtpd_relay_restrictions in main.cf for upgrade? msgstr Correggere la voce retry in master.cf per l'aggiornamento? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Postfix version 2.10 adds smtpd_relay_restrictions, to separate relaying restrictions from recipient restrictions, and you have a non-default value for smtpd_recipient_restrictions. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Failure to do this may result in deferred or bounced mail after the upgrade. Accept this option to set smtpd_relay_restrictions equal to smtpd_recipient_restrictions. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid add 'sqlite' entry to dynamicmaps.cf? msgstr aggiungere la voce \sqlite\ a dynamicmaps.cf? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Postfix version 2.9 adds sqlite support to maps, but your dynamicmaps.cf does not reflect that. Accept this option to add support for sqlite maps. msgstr Postfix dalla versione 2.9 supporta anche sqlite per le mappe, ma il file dynamicmaps.cf in uso non contiene questa indicazione. Accettare questa opzione per abilitare il supporto alle mappe sqlite. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel? msgstr Installare postfix anche se il kernel non è supportato? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run. msgstr Postfix usa funzionalità che non sono disponibili nelle versioni del kernel precedenti alla 2.6. Se si procede con l'installazione, Postfix non verrà eseguito. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade? msgstr Correggere la voce retry in master.cf per l'aggiornamento? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf. msgstr La versione 2.4 di postfix richiede di aggiungere il servizio retry a master. cf. # | msgid # | Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option # | to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this # | configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master. # | cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add
Important update to ISO 3166 translations
Dear I18N people, The iso-codes package provides list of ISO codes for languages, countries, etc. It is used by many software inside and outside Debian. Noticeably, the list of countries is used by the languagechooser component of Debian Installer. But it's also used in some parts of GNOME or KDE, for instance. A few days ago, the ISO-3166 standard has been changed to modify the name of the PS entry, namely now The State of Palestine. You can guess this is an important change, particularly sensitive to people in that region and we need to comply with it as soon as possible. So, please update translations accordingly (see attached file). Some of you are working through the Translation Project. The file will be updated there soon (I hope so), so please ignore this mail. For others, you can send updates throught the Debian Bug Tracking System. Many thanks in advance. # Translation of ISO-3166 (country names) to Italian # Copyright (C) 2004-2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the iso-codes package. # Andrea Scialpi solo...@tiscalinet.it, 2001 # (translations from drakfw) # Alastair McKinstry mckins...@computer.org, 2001 # Danilo Piazzalunga danilopia...@libero.it, 2004 # Davide Viti zino...@tiscali.it, 2006 # Milo Casagrande m...@casagrande.name, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: iso_3166\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Debian iso-codes team pkg-isocodes-devel@lists.alioth. debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-12 07:20+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-05 09:41+0200\n Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@casagrande.name\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n #. name for AFG msgid Afghanistan msgstr Afghanistan #. official_name for AFG msgid Islamic Republic of Afghanistan msgstr Repubblica islamica dell'Afghanistan #. name for ALA msgid Åland Islands msgstr Isole Åland #. name for ALB msgid Albania msgstr Albania #. official_name for ALB msgid Republic of Albania msgstr Repubblica d'Albania #. name for DZA msgid Algeria msgstr Algeria #. official_name for DZA msgid People's Democratic Republic of Algeria msgstr Repubblica algerina democratica e popolare #. name for ASM msgid American Samoa msgstr Samoa americane #. name for AND msgid Andorra msgstr Andorra #. official_name for AND msgid Principality of Andorra msgstr Principato d'Andorra #. name for AGO msgid Angola msgstr Angola #. official_name for AGO msgid Republic of Angola msgstr Repubblica d'Angola #. name for AIA msgid Anguilla msgstr Anguilla #. name for ATA msgid Antarctica msgstr Antartide #. name for ATG msgid Antigua and Barbuda msgstr Antigua e Barbuda #. name for ARG msgid Argentina msgstr Argentina #. official_name for ARG msgid Argentine Republic msgstr Repubblica argentina #. name for ARM msgid Armenia msgstr Armenia #. official_name for ARM msgid Republic of Armenia msgstr Repubblica d'Armenia #. name for ABW msgid Aruba msgstr Aruba #. name for AUS msgid Australia msgstr Australia #. name for AUT msgid Austria msgstr Austria #. official_name for AUT msgid Republic of Austria msgstr Repubblica d'Austria #. name for AZE msgid Azerbaijan msgstr Azerbaigian #. official_name for AZE msgid Republic of Azerbaijan msgstr Repubblica dell'Azerbaigian #. name for BHS msgid Bahamas msgstr Bahamas #. official_name for BHS msgid Commonwealth of the Bahamas msgstr Commonwealth delle Bahamas #. name for BHR msgid Bahrain msgstr Bahrein #. official_name for BHR msgid Kingdom of Bahrain msgstr Regno del Bahrein #. name for BGD msgid Bangladesh msgstr Bangladesh #. official_name for BGD msgid People's Republic of Bangladesh msgstr Repubblica popolare del Bangladesh # Nome esteso: Isola Barbados #. name for BRB msgid Barbados msgstr Barbados #. name for BLR msgid Belarus msgstr Bielorussia #. official_name for BLR msgid Republic of Belarus msgstr Repubblica di Bielorussia #. name for BEL msgid Belgium msgstr Belgio #. official_name for BEL msgid Kingdom of Belgium msgstr Regno del Belgio #. name for BLZ msgid Belize msgstr Belize #. name for BEN msgid Benin msgstr Benin #. official_name for BEN msgid Republic of Benin msgstr Repubblica del Benin #. name for BMU msgid Bermuda msgstr Bermuda #. name for BTN msgid Bhutan msgstr Bhutan #. official_name for BTN msgid Kingdom of Bhutan msgstr Regno del Bhutan #. name for BOL msgid Bolivia, Plurinational State of msgstr Bolivia, Stato Plurinazionale #. official_name for BOL msgid Plurinational State of Bolivia msgstr Stao Plurinazionale della Bolivia #. common_name for BOL msgid Bolivia msgstr Bolivia #. name for BES, official_name for BES msgid Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba msgstr Bonaire, Saint Eustatius e Saba #. name for BIH msgid Bosnia and Herzegovina msgstr Bosnia-Erzegovina #.
debian-installer: new string introduced in cdebconf, please update sublevel 6
Hi, A new string has been lately introduced in cdebconf. This is a very simple translation as the string is '%c' (with quotes). It is meant for the speech synthesis engine. Please translate it as soon as possible. Be careful to use the quotes that are typographically valid for your language. There is no strict deadline but, as this is a 10 seconds work, please do it as soon as possible. As usual, please try to commit the file yourself or have it committed by someone from your languageteam. Sending me the file for commit induces a significant work as there are already many people who have no other alternative. So, please send the file to me ONLY if you have no other option. Thanks in advance, # Italian messages for debian-installer. # Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer. # The translation team (for all four levels): # Cristian Rigamonti c...@linux.it # Danilo Piazzalunga danilopia...@libero.it # Davide Meloni davide_mel...@fastwebnet.it # Davide Viti zino...@tiscali.it # Filippo Giunchedi fili...@esaurito.net # Giuseppe Sacco eppes...@debian.org # Lorenzo 'Maxxer' Milesi # Renato Gini # Ruggero Tonelli # Samuele Giovanni Tonon s...@linuxasylum.net # Stefano Canepa s...@linux.it # Stefano Melchior stefano.melch...@openlabs.it # Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-10-18 06:02+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-02 22:53+0100\n Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl6: #: ../cdebconf-text-udeb.templates:3001 #, no-c-format msgid '%c' msgstr
[BTS#689040] po-debconf://pam-mysql
Fixing the robot 1/3. -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
[DONE] po-debconf://chef-solr
Fixing the robot 2/3. -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
[BTS#689039] po-debconf://chef-solr
Fixing the robot 3/3 -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
debian-installer: yet another update needed
Hi,
You are noted as the last translator of the translation for
debian-installer.
The English template changed again (sorry for that...last minute
changes), and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
The new strings are related to EFI boot support in D-I, a quite
important item.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please coordinate with the person in your team who has commit access.
If, really, you can't do anything else, send the file to me
(preferrably compress it with gzip beforehand).
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Fri, 28 Sep 2012 06:58:24 +0200roughly..:-)
Thanks in advance,
# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2012.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-20 18:18+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-18 08:18+0200\n
Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
msgid Auto-configure networking?
msgstr Configurazione automatica della rete?
# (ndt) accorciata, penso si capisca lo stesso.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
msgid
Networking can be configured either by entering all the information
manually, or by using DHCP (or a variety of IPv6-specific methods) to detect
network settings automatically. If you choose to use autoconfiguration and
the installer is unable to get a working configuration from the network, you
will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually.
msgstr
La rete può essere configurata utilizzando DHCP (o diversi metodi specifici
per IPv6) oppure manualmente inserendo tutte le informazioni. Se viene
scelta la configurazione automatica e il programma d'installazione non
riesce a ottenere una configurazione funzionante dalla propria rete, viene
offerta la possibilità di configurare la rete manualmente.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr
Il tentativo di rilevare una rete senza fili disponibile non è riuscito.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID)
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr
${iface} è un'interfaccia di rete senza fili. Inserire il nome (l'ESSID)
della rete senza fili da usare con ${iface}. Lasciare il campo vuoto per
usare una qualsiasi rete senza fili tra quelle disponibili.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID non valido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len}
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr
L'ESSID «${essid}» non è valido. Gli ESSID possono essere composti al
massimo da 32 caratteri, ma di qualsiasi tipo.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo di attesa (in secondi) per il rilevamento della connessione:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr
Indicare il tempo massimo di attesa per il rilevamento della connessione di
rete.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr Tempo di attesa inserito non valido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
Il valore fornito non è valido. Il tempo massimo di attesa (in secondi) per
il rilevamento della connessione deve essere un numero intero positivo.
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators: please do not translate the variable essid_list
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50001
msgid ${essid_list} Enter ESSID manually
msgstr ${essid_list} Inserire ESSID manualmente
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
msgid Wireless network:
msgstr Rete senza fili:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
msgid Select the wireless
Needed update for Debian Installer sublevel 6 (IPv6 support in network configuration)
Hi,
IPv6 support is being lately added to Debian Installer.
As a consequence of this, some translatable strings have been modified
or added.
These changes will be included in Debian Installer beta3 for wheezy,
to be release in less than 2 weeks (Debian Installer is about to be
released, NOT wheezy!).
All such changes have been collected in sublevel 6, a special PO
file with recently modified translatable strings.
Please update your translation as soon as possible. Direct commit by
yourself is highly preferred. Please send the updated file to me ONLY
if you can't do the update yourself
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Thursday, 27 Sep 2012 0h00. Yes, that's a short deadline..:-)
Thanks in advance,
# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2012.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-09-17 22:02+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-19 21:53+0200\n
Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Auto-configure network with DHCP?
msgid Auto-configure networking?
msgstr Configurazione automatica della rete con DHCP?
# (ndt) accorciata, penso si capisca lo stesso.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. IPv6
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Networking can either be configured by DHCP or by manually entering all
#| the information. If you choose to use DHCP and the installer is unable to
#| get a working configuration from a DHCP server on your network, you will
#| be given the opportunity to configure your network manually after the
#| attempt to configure it by DHCP.
msgid
Networking can be configured either by entering all the information
manually, or by using DHCP (or a variety of IPv6-specific methods) to detect
network settings automatically. If you choose to use autoconfiguration and
the installer is unable to get a working configuration from the network, you
will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually.
msgstr
La rete può essere configurata utilizzando DHCP oppure manualmente inserendo
tutte le informazioni. Se viene scelto il metodo DHCP e il programma
d'installazione non riesce a ottenere una configurazione funzionante dal
server DHCP della propria rete, viene offerta la possibilità di configurare
la rete manualmente.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr
Il tentativo di rilevare una rete senza fili disponibile non è riuscito.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID)
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr
${iface} è un'interfaccia di rete senza fili. Inserire il nome (l'ESSID)
della rete senza fili da usare con ${iface}. Lasciare il campo vuoto per
usare una qualsiasi rete senza fili tra quelle disponibili.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID non valido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len}
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr
L'ESSID «${essid}» non è valido. Gli ESSID possono essere composti al
massimo da 32 caratteri, ma di qualsiasi tipo.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo di attesa (in secondi) per il rilevamento della connessione:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr
Indicare il tempo massimo di attesa per il rilevamento della connessione di
rete.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr Tempo di attesa inserito non valido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
Il valore fornito non è valido. Il tempo massimo di attesa (in secondi) per
il rilevamento della connessione deve essere un numero intero positivo.
#. Type: select
#.
Rimozione dello spam dalle liste -italian (2012/08)
Dato che siamo nel mese di settembre 2012, è ora possibile trattare archivi agosto 2012 delle mailing list italiane. Ricordate ovviamente di aggiungere il vostro nome alla lista dei revisori così sappiamo dove siamo. I dettagli del processo di pulizia di spam: [0] http://wiki.debian.org/I18n/ItalianSpamClean -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
hoteldruid 2.0.1-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package hoteldruid
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for hoteldruid. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, August 22, 2012. Thanks, # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Marco M. F. De Santis ma...@digitaldruid.net, 2012. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: hoteldruid 2.0.0\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: hoteldr...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-08-08 09:12+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-11 15:00+0200\n Last-Translator: Marco M. F. De Santis ma...@digitaldruid.net\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Configure automatically the Apache web server? msgid Automatically configure the Apache web server for HotelDruid? msgstr Configurare automaticamente il server web Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| HotelDruid runs on any web server supporting PHP, but only the Apache web #| server can be configured automatically. msgid HotelDruid runs on any web server supporting PHP, but automatic configuration can only be performed for Apache. msgstr HotelDruid può funzionare su qualsiasi server web che supporti PHP, ma solo solo il server web Apache può essere configurato automaticamente. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Once configured, HotelDruid can be accessed locally at \http://localhost/; hoteldruid\. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Please choose whether automatic configuration should be performed now. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Restrict HotelDruid access to localhost? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Apache web server can be configured to allow connections only from this #| computer (localhost). msgid The Apache web server can be configured to forbid HotelDruid connections from other machines. msgstr Il server web Apache può essere configurato per consentire solo connessioni che provengano da questo computer (localhost). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid It is recommended to activate this setting if HotelDruid is going to be used only from this machine. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Reload the web server configuration for HotelDruid? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| In order to activate the new configuration, the reconfigured web server #| has to be restarted. msgid In order to activate the new configuration for HotelDruid, the web server has to reload its configuration files. msgstr Per attivare la nuova configurazione, il server web riconfigurato deve essere riavviato. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid HotelDruid administrator username: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Please enter a name for the administrator user, which will be able to manage HotelDruid's configuration and create new users. The username should be composed of ASCII letters and numbers only. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid You can later change the administrator username and password from the \User management\ page in HotelDruid. If this field is left blank, no user login will be required to access HotelDruid. msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid HotelDruid administrator password: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Please choose a password for the HotelDruid administrator. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid Erase HotelDruid data when purging the package? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid The hoteldruid package is about to be purged from this system. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid HotelDruid stores its data in \/var/lib/hoteldruid\. If you choose this option, these data files will be erased now. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:6001 msgid Refuse this option if there is operational information which should be kept after HotelDruid is purged. msgstr #~ msgid #~ With automatic configuration you should be able to access HotelDruid with #~ any web browser at http://localhost/hoteldruid from this computer. #~ msgstr #~ Con la configurazione automatica si dovrebbe poter accedere a HotelDruid #~ con qualsiasi navigatore web andando
Rimozione dello spam dalle liste -italian (luglio 2012 e mese precedente...)
Dato che siamo nel mese di agosto 2012, è ora possibile trattare archivi luglio 2012 delle mailing list italiane. Ricordate ovviamente di aggiungere il vostro nome alla lista dei revisori così sappiamo dove siamo. I dettagli del processo di pulizia di spam: [0] http://wiki.debian.org/I18n/ItalianSpamClean (sorry, I think Stefano Canepa sent me some corrections for this Anglo-franco-Italian mail but I can't find them anymore...:-)) signature.asc Description: Digital signature
debian-installer: Please (once again) complete sublevel 6 for Debian Installer
Hi,
Sorina Sandu's GSOC work about link detection and wireless network
selection in D-I has been merged into the main repository for netcfg.
This involves some templates changes. These will not be included in
D-I beta1 which is about to be released. Still, it would be great if
people could update their translations.
Please preferrably commit the needed update in place
(packages/po/sublevel6 in D-I SVN repository).
If you can't (no commit access yet...or trouble in committing), please
send updates to me.
Thanks in advance,
# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2012.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-07-13 14:27+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-21 08:33+0200\n
Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
msgid Attempting to find an available wireless network failed.
msgstr
Il tentativo di rilevare una rete senza fili disponibile non è riuscito.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| ${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the
#| ESSID) of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. If you
#| would like to use any available network, leave this field blank.
msgid
${iface} is a wireless network interface. Please enter the name (the ESSID)
of the wireless network you would like ${iface} to use. To connect to any
available network, leave this field blank.
msgstr
${iface} è un'interfaccia di rete senza fili. Inserire il nome (l'ESSID)
della rete senza fili da usare con ${iface}. Lasciare il campo vuoto per
usare una qualsiasi rete senza fili tra quelle disponibili.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
msgid Invalid ESSID
msgstr ESSID non valido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:13001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to 32
#| characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgid
The ESSID \${essid}\ is invalid. ESSIDs may only be up to ${max_essid_len}
characters, but may contain all kinds of characters.
msgstr
L'ESSID «${essid}» non è valido. Gli ESSID possono essere composti al
massimo da 32 caratteri, ma di qualsiasi tipo.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr Tempo di attesa (in secondi) per il rilevamento della connessione:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr
Indicare il tempo massimo di attesa per il rilevamento della connessione di
rete.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr Tempo di attesa inserito non valido
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
Il valore fornito non è valido. Il tempo massimo di attesa (in secondi) per
il rilevamento della connessione deve essere un numero intero positivo.
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators: please do not translate the variable essid_list
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50001
msgid ${essid_list} Enter ESSID manually
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Type of wireless network:
msgid Wireless network:
msgstr Tipo di rete senza fili:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:50002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Choose the next step in the install process:
msgid Select the wireless network to use during the installation process.
msgstr Scegliere il prossimo passo del processo d'installazione:
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Analisi del repository degli aggiornamenti di release...
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr aggiornamenti di sicurezza (da ${SEC_HOST})
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST
debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer (sublevel 6)
Hi,
Be happy. Or not.
Once again, some strings changed lately in Debian Installer. Don't
yell at me, this is not my fault: it seems that developers start
developing.when we're nearly in freeze.
As a consequence, a few more strings have been added to netcfg.
As a consequence, I therefore need you to update your translation.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
as soon as possible.
Please either commit the file if you have commit access.or send it
to me in case you don't (or can't, or whatever).
Again, sorry. And I'm not even sure this is really last time that I
send you such notice..:-(
Thanks in advance,
# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2012.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-17 14:26+0200\n
Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool.
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr Indicare il nome da usare per il nuovo pool ZFS.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Analisi del repository degli aggiornamenti di release...
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr aggiornamenti di sicurezza (da ${SEC_HOST})
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid release updates
msgstr aggiornamenti di release
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Servizi da usare:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and
release updates.
msgstr
Debian ha due servizi che forniscono aggiornamenti per i rilasci: security e
release.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr
Gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza aiutano a mantenere il sistema sicuro contro
attacchi. Abilitare questo servizio è vivamente raccomandato.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr
Gli aggiornamenti di «release» forniscono versioni più aggiornate per
software che cambiano frequentemente e per i quali non avere l'ultima
versione potrebbe ridurne l'usabilità, inoltre fornisce aggiornamenti per
gli errori di regressione. Questo servizio è disponibile solo per le
versioni «stable» e «oldstable».
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interfaccia da utilizzare:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto
comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#:
debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer
It is very likely that the Debian Installer beta 1 release happens
NEXT WEEK-END. So please send any updates to sublevel 6 before Saturday
23rd if you want to be sure they make it to beta1. Otherwise, I can't
promis anythign AT ALL.
And, of course, if you have updates for other sublevels, please do
them before this. Please, however, takecare to only touch strings
which you *really* want to update. No reformatting or rewrapping of PO
files or other similar contentless changes!
# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2012.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer sublevel6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-20 19:29+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-17 14:26+0200\n
Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
msgid Waiting time (in seconds) for link detection:
msgstr
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:48001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Please enter the name you would like to use for the new ZFS pool.
msgid
Please enter the maximum time you would like to wait for network link
detection.
msgstr Indicare il nome da usare per il nuovo pool ZFS.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid Invalid network link detection waiting time
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../netcfg-common.templates:49001
msgid
The value you have provided is not valid. The maximum waiting time (in
seconds) for network link detection must be a positive integer.
msgstr
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Analisi del repository degli aggiornamenti di release...
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr aggiornamenti di sicurezza (da ${SEC_HOST})
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid release updates
msgstr aggiornamenti di release
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Servizi da usare:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and
release updates.
msgstr
Debian ha due servizi che forniscono aggiornamenti per i rilasci: security e
release.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr
Gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza aiutano a mantenere il sistema sicuro contro
attacchi. Abilitare questo servizio è vivamente raccomandato.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr
Gli aggiornamenti di «release» forniscono versioni più aggiornate per
software che cambiano frequentemente e per i quali non avere l'ultima
versione potrebbe ridurne l'usabilità, inoltre fornisce aggiornamenti per
gli errori di regressione. Questo servizio è disponibile solo per le
versioni «stable» e «oldstable».
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interfaccia da utilizzare:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto
comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr Nessuna
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 'None' will never ask you any question.
collectd 5.1.0-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package collectd
Hi, There have been some changes to collectd debconf templates. I'm sending this call for translations on behalf of the maintainer who.probably forgot to do so..:-) Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against collectd, NOT directly to me. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is unknown and depends on the maintainer's good will. SO, HURRY UP..:-) Thanks in advance, # Italian translation of collectd debconf messages. # Copyright (C) 2012, collectd package copyright holder. # This file is distributed under the same license as the collectd package. # Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: collectd\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: colle...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-19 17:59+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-21 19:00+0200\n Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n #. Type: note #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 msgid Layout of RRD files has changed msgstr Il formato dei file RRD è cambiato #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001 msgid The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px. msgstr Il formato dei file RRD creati da collectd è cambiato in modo significativo rispetto alla versione 3.x. Per poter mantenere i propri vecchi dati è necessario fare una migrazione. Ciò può essere fatto usando /usr/lib/ collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px. #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: note #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:3001 msgid This step requires both the perl and the rrdtool packages to be installed, which is currently not the case. You need to perform the migration manually. msgstr Per questo passo è necessario che i pacchetti perl e rrdtool siano entrambi installati, condizione attualmente non soddisfatta. È necessario effettuare la migrazione a mano. #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:1001 ../collectd-core.templates:2001 msgid See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian for details. msgstr Per i dettagli vedere /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian. #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001 msgid Automatically try to migrate your RRD files? msgstr Cercare di migrare automaticamente i file RRD? #. Type: boolean #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:2001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001 msgid This step can be done automatically. In this case a backup of /var/lib/ collectd/ is made in /var/backups/. This script is still experimental, though. Do not expect it to work in all cases. msgstr Questo passo può essere fatto automaticamente. In tal caso viene creato un backup di /var/lib/collectd/ in /var/backups/. Questo script però è ancora in fase sperimentale; non ci si aspetti che funzioni in tutti i casi. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Layout of RRD files has changed msgid Layout of RRD files has changed in version 5.0 msgstr Il formato dei file RRD è cambiato #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The layout of the RRD files created by collectd has changed significantly #| since version 3.x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. #| This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px. msgid The layout of some RRD files created by collectd has changed since version 4. x. In order to keep your old data you have to migrate it. This can be done by using /usr/lib/collectd-core/utils/migrate-4-5.px. msgstr Il formato dei file RRD creati da collectd è cambiato in modo significativo rispetto alla versione 3.x. Per poter mantenere i propri vecchi dati è necessario fare una migrazione. Ciò può essere fatto usando /usr/lib/ collectd-core/utils/migrate-3-4.px. #. Type: note #. Description #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:3001 ../collectd-core.templates:4001 msgid See /usr/share/doc/collectd-core/NEWS.Debian and the collectd wiki at http://collectd.org/wiki/index.php/V4_to_v5_migration_guide for details. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../collectd-core.templates:5001 msgid Remove all collected data (e.g. RRD files)? msgstr Rimuovere tutti i dati raccolti (ad esempio, i file RRD)? #. Type: boolean #. Description #:
debian-installer: URGENT update for apt-setup strings
Hi,
In preparation for the release, a last minute change was made to
strings belonging to the apt-setup repository.
This D-I component prompts users about activation of extra package
repositories. In the past, this was volatile and security. Now,
volatile disappeared and is replace by stable-updates.
So, the wording of a few tempaltes had to be changed. We did it as
conservatively as possible but that still needs translation updates.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please commit the file to D-I SVN. For those of you who can't, please
send it back to me.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
*Fri, 22 Jun 2012 06:46:18 +0200.*. This is SOON.
Thanks in advance and sorry for this last minute urgent change.
# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2012.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-15 21:06+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-04 21:50+0200\n
Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Scanning the volatile updates repository...
msgid Scanning the release updates repository...
msgstr Analisi degli aggiornamenti da «volatile»...
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
msgid security updates (from ${SEC_HOST})
msgstr aggiornamenti di sicurezza (da ${SEC_HOST})
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. SEC_HOST and VOL_HOST are host names (e.g. security.debian.org)
#. Translators: the *entire* string should be under 55 columns
#. including host name. In short, KEEP THIS SHORT and, yes, that's tricky
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Erase data:
msgid release updates
msgstr Cancellare i dati:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid Services to use:
msgstr Servizi da usare:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and
#| volatile.
msgid
Debian has two services that provide updates to releases: security and
release updates.
msgstr
Debian ha due servizi che forniscono aggiornamenti per i rilasci: security e
volatile.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
msgid
Security updates help to keep your system secured against attacks. Enabling
this service is strongly recommended.
msgstr
Gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza aiutano a mantenere il sistema sicuro contro
attacchi. Abilitare questo servizio è vivamente raccomandato.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../apt-setup-udeb.templates:10002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Volatile updates provide more current versions for software that changes
#| relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could
#| reduce the usability of the software. An example is the virus signatures
#| for a virus scanner. This service is only available for stable and
#| oldstable releases.
msgid
Release updates provide more current versions for software that changes
relatively frequently and where not having the latest version could reduce
the usability of the software. It also provides regression fixes. This
service is only available for stable and oldstable releases.
msgstr
Gli aggiornamenti da «volatile» forniscono versioni più aggiornate per
software che cambiano frequentemente e per i quali non avere l'ultima
versione potrebbe ridurre l'usabilità del software. Un esempio sono le firme
dei virus per i programmi di scansione per virus. Questi servizi sono solo
disponibili per le versioni stabile e vecchia stabile.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interfaccia da utilizzare:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto
comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr Nessuna
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 'None' will never
icinga 1.7.0-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package icinga
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for icinga. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, June 25, 2012. Thanks, # Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for icinga # COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE ICINGA'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the icinga package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2008-2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: icinga 1.0.1-3 italian debconf\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ici...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-11 08:15+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-08 14:12+0200\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001 msgid Apache servers to configure for icinga: msgstr Server Apache da configurare per icinga: #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001 msgid Please select which Apache servers should be configured for icinga. msgstr Selezionare quali server Apache devono essere configurati per icinga. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001 msgid If you would prefer to perform configuration manually, leave all servers unselected. msgstr Per effettuare una configurazione manuale, lasciare tutti i server non selezionati. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001 msgid Icinga web administration password: msgstr Password per l'amministrazione di Icinga da web: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001 msgid Please provide the password to be created with the \icingaadmin\ user. msgstr Inserire la password da associare all'utente \icingaadmin\. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001 msgid This is the username and password to use when connecting to the Icinga server after completing the configuration. If you do not provide a password, you will have to configure access to Icinga manually later on. msgstr Questi sono il nome utente e la password per connettersi al server Icinga al termine della configurazione. Se non si specifica una password, in seguito si dovrà configurare l'accesso a Icinga manualmente. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001 msgid Re-enter password to verify: msgstr Reinserire la password: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001 msgid Please enter the same user password again to verify you have typed it correctly. msgstr Specificare nuovamente la stessa password per verificare che sia stata inserita correttamente. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001 msgid Password input error msgstr Password errata #. Type: error #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001 msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again. msgstr Le due password sono diverse. Riprovare. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../icinga-common.templates:2001 msgid Use external commands with Icinga? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../icinga-common.templates:2001 msgid As a security feature, Icinga in its default configuration does not look for external commands. Enabling external commands will give the web server write access to the nagios command pipe and is required if you want to be able to use the CGI command interface. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../icinga-common.templates:2001 msgid If unsure, do not enable external commands. msgstr
sysvinit 2.88dsf-27: Please update debconf PO translation for the package sysvinit
Hi,
You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
sysvinit.
The English template has been changed, and now some messages
are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against sysvinit.
Please not that I am NOT the maintainer. I send this on his behalf, so
I have no idea about his schedule. In short: HURRY!
Thanks in advance,
# ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF SYSVINIT'S PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE SYSVINIT'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the sysvinit package.
#
# Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2009.
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: sysvinit 2.87dsf-5\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sysvi...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-09 08:51+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-13 12:30+0100\n
Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid Unable to migrate to dependency-based boot system
msgstr Impossibile migrare al sistema d'avvio basato sulle dipendenze
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| Tests have determined that problems in the boot system exist which
#| prevent migration to dependency-based boot sequencing:
msgid
Problems in the boot system exist which are preventing migration to
dependency-based boot sequencing:
msgstr
Le verifiche hanno trovato problemi esistenti nel sistema di avvio che
impediscono la migrazione alla sequenza di avvio basata sulle dipendenze:
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid
If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed
manually. These are typically due to obsolete conffiles being left after a
package has been removed, but not purged. It is suggested that these are
removed by running:
msgstr
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
msgid ${SUGGESTION}
msgstr
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../sysv-rc.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| To reattempt the migration process after the problems have been fixed,
#| run \dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc\.
msgid
Package installation can not continue until the above problems have been
fixed. To reattempt the migration process after these problems have been
fixed, run \dpkg --configure sysv-rc\.
msgstr
Per tentare nuovamente il processo di migrazione dopo che i problemi sono
stati risolti, eseguire «dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc».
#~ msgid Migrate legacy boot sequencing to dependency-based sequencing?
#~ msgstr
#~ Migrare la sequenza di avvio obsoleta alla sequenza basata sulle
#~ dipendenze?
#~ msgid
#~ The boot system is prepared to migrate to dependency-based sequencing.
#~ This is an irreversible step, but one that is recommended: it allows the
#~ boot process to be optimized for speed and efficiency, and provides a
#~ more resilient framework for development.
#~ msgstr
#~ Il sistema di avvio è pronto a migrare alla sequenza basata sulle
#~ dipendenze. È un processo irreversibile, ma raccomandato, in quanto
#~ consente l'ottimizzaziione del processo di avvio in termini di velocità
#~ ed efficienza, e inoltre fornisce un'infrastruttura più elastica per lo
#~ sviluppo.
#~ msgid
#~ A full rationale is detailed in /usr/share/doc/sysv-rc/README.Debian. If
#~ you choose not to migrate now, you can do so later by running \dpkg-
#~ reconfigure sysv-rc\.
#~ msgstr
#~ Le motivazioni complete sono esposte in «/usr/share/doc/sysvinit/README.
#~ Debian.gz». Se si sceglie di non migrare adesso è possibile farlo in un
#~ secondo tempo, eseguendo «dpkg-reconfigure sysv-rc».
#~ msgid
#~ If the reported problem is a local modification, it needs to be fixed
#~ manually. If it's a bug in the package, it should be reported to the BTS
#~ and fixed in the package. See http://wiki.debian.org/LSBInitScripts/;
#~ DependencyBasedBoot for more information about how to fix the problems
#~ preventing migration.
#~ msgstr
#~ Se il problema riportato è una modifica locale, esso deve essere risolto
#~ manualmente. Se si tratta di un bug del pacchetto, lo si dovrebbe
#~ riportare al BTS (Bug Tracking System) e dovrebbe essere risolto nel
#~ pacchetto. Per maggiori informazioni su come risolvere i problemi che
#~ impediscono la migrazione consultare http://wiki.debian.org/;
#~ LSBInitScripts/DependencyBasedBoot.
glance 2012.1-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package glance
Dear Debian I18N people, The glance package maintainer once again changed debconf templates in his package. Exactly the same day we completed the 10th translation update that resulted from the former change. So, really sorry, but once again I have to ask you about updating your translations. As usual in such cases, please notice that if the newly introduced debconf templates suck in English, they will continue to suck. Doing the very same job for always the very same packages just make me sick. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against glance.and cross fingers that an upload happens some day (believe me there WILL be an NMU if that doesn't happen). There is obviously no deadline. Just hurry up. If you have read so far, please find the POT file in attachment. Thanks in advance, # Italian description of glance debconf messages. # Copyright (C) 2012, glance package copyright holder. # This file is distributed under the same license as the glance package. # Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: glance\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gla...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-24 09:08+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-15 20:24+0200\n Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca beatri...@libero.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-registry.templates:1001 msgid Set up a database for glance-registry? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-registry.templates:1001 msgid No database has been set up for glance-registry to use. Before continuing, you should make sure you have: msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-registry.templates:1001 msgid - the server host name (that server must allow TCP connections\n from this machine);\n - a username and password to access the database.\n - A database type that you want to use. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-registry.templates:1001 msgid If some of these requirements are missing, reject this option and run with regular sqlite support. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../glance-registry.templates:1001 msgid You can change this setting later on by running 'dpkg-reconfigure -plow glance-registry msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid Pipeline flavor: msgstr Tipo di pipeline: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid Please specify the flavor of pipeline to be used by Glance. msgstr Specificare il tipo di pipeline da usare con Glance. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:2001 msgid If you use the OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone), you might want to select \keystone\. If you don't use this service, you can safely choose \caching\ only. msgstr Se si usa OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone) si può selezionare «keystone». Se non si usa questo servizio, si può senza problemi scegliere semplicemente «caching». #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:3001 msgid Auth server URL: msgstr URL del server di autenticazione: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:3001 msgid Please specify the URL of your Glance authentication server. Typically this is also the URL of your OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). msgstr Specificare l'URL del server di autenticazione Glance. Tipicamente, è anche l'URL dell'OpenStack Identity Service (Keystone). #. Type: string #. Description #: ../glance-common.templates:4001 msgid Auth server admin token: msgstr Token di ammnistrazione del server di autenticazione:
Rimozione dello spam dalle liste -italian (maggio 2012 e mese precedente...)
(let's see how well Google translates from French to Italian..:-)) Dato che siamo nel mese di giugno 2012, è ora possibile trattare archivi maggio 2012 delle mailing list italiane. Ricordate ovviamente di aggiungere il vostro nome alla lista dei revisori così sappiamo dove siamo. I dettagli del processo di pulizia di spam: [0] http://wiki.debian.org/I18n/ItalianSpamClean -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
uptimed 1:0.3.17-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package uptimed
Hi,
The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
uptimed. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.
A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, June 10, 2012.
Thanks,
# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for uptimed
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the uptimed package.
# Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2007.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: uptimed 0.3.10 italian debconf templates\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: upti...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-01 19:08+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-06 11:35+0200\n
Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n
Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid pre
msgstr pre
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid list
msgstr elenco
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2001
msgid table
msgstr tabella
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid Which format should uprecords.cgi use?
msgid Format used by uprecords.cgi:
msgstr Quale formato deve usare uprecords.cgi?
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
msgid
Three different layouts are available for use by the uprecords CGI script.
Which method you use is a matter of personal preference.
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| - pre: Encloses everything in pre.../pre\n
#| - list: Makes a list, using ol.../ol\n
#| - table: Creates an HTML table.
msgid
* pre: Encloses everything in pre.../pre\n
* list: Makes a list, using ol.../ol\n
* table: Creates an HTML table.
msgstr
- pre: Racchiude tutto fra pre.../pre\n
- elenco: Crea un elenco usando ol.../ol\n
- tabella: Crea una tabella HTML.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid How many records should uprecords.cgi show?
msgid Number of records shown by uprecords.cgi:
msgstr Quante registrazioni deve mostrare uprecords.cgi?
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:3001
msgid
While uptimed may keep a large number of uptime records, not all of them are
interesting to the outside world. Thus, you can limit the number of records
that will be shown here.
msgstr
Uptimed potrebbe memorizzare moltissime registrazioni sul tempo di attività,
ma non tutte sono interessanti per il mondo esterno. È possibile limitare il
numero di registrazioni da visualizzare.
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid uprecords.cgi has been installed into the webtree
msgid uprecords.cgi has been installed into the web tree
msgstr uprecords.cgi è stato installato nell'albero web
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| You have installed the uprecords-cgi package. That means that a new CGI
#| script has been installed, which is now visible to the outside world as
#| http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (if you didn't modify your
#| webserver configuration to have CGI scripts in a different place).
msgid
You have installed the uprecords-cgi package. That means that a new CGI
script has been installed, which is now visible to the outside world as
http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi (if you didn't modify your web
server configuration to have CGI scripts in a different place).
msgstr
È stato installato il pacchetto uprecords-cgi. Questo vuol dire che adesso è
visibile dall'esterno all'indirizzo http://${hostname}/cgi-bin/uprecords.cgi
un nuovo script CGI (se non è stata modificata la configurazione del server
web per quanto riguarda la posizione degli script CGI).
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| In the default webserver configuration, CGI scripts are accessible from
#| anywhere in the world. If you do not want this, you should set up access
#| restrictions (but who doesn't want to show off with his/her uptimes?).
msgid
In the default web server configuration, CGI scripts are accessible from
anywhere in the world. If you do not want this, you should set up access
restrictions... but why wouldn't you want to show off your uptimes?
msgstr
Con la configurazione predefinita del server web gli script CGI sono
accessibili da chiunque. Per evitarlo è necessario impostare delle
restrizioni all'accesso (ma chi non vuole mostrare a tutti i propri tempi di
attività?).
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../uprecords-cgi.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| You may
postfix 2.9.3-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for postfix. The tempaltes have been, once again, changed by the maintainer and you, once again, have to redo your work. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is unknown and subject to the will of the maintainer...:-) You known what to do..:-) Thanks in advance, # Italian translation of the postfix debconf template # This file is distributed under the same license as the postfix package # Cristian Rigamonti c...@linux.it, 2004, 2012. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: postfix 2.9.1-2\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: post...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-30 22:56-0600\n PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 20:24+0200\n Last-Translator: Cristian Rigamonti c...@linux.it\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade? msgstr Aggiungere una voce 'mydomain' a main.cf per l'aggiornamento? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). msgstr Postfix a partire dalla versione 2.3.3-2 richiede delle modifiche in main. cf. In particolare, mydomain deve essere specificato, visto che hostname(1) non è un fully qualified domain name (FQDN). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN of the machine. msgstr Se non si corregge questa impostazione, il programma sarà inutilizzabile. Rifiutando questa proposta, l'aggiornamento verrà annullato e si potrà eseguire manualmente la modifica alla configurazione. Accettando la proposta il valore di mydomain sarà impostato automaticamente al FQDN del sistema. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid add 'sqlite' entry to dynamicmaps.cf? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Postfix version 2.9 adds sqlite support to maps, but your dynamicmaps.cf does not reflect that. Accept this option to add support for sqlite maps. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel? msgstr Installare postfix anche se il kernel non è supportato? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run. msgstr Postfix usa funzionalità che non sono disponibili nelle versioni del kernel precedenti alla 2.6. Se si procede con l'installazione, Postfix non verrà eseguito. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Correct retry entry in master.cf for upgrade? msgstr Correggere la voce retry in master.cf per l'aggiornamento? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Postfix version 2.4 requires that the retry service be added to master.cf. msgstr La versione 2.4 di postfix richiede di aggiungere il servizio retry a master. cf. # | msgid # | Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option # | to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this # | configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master. # | cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with Postfix 2.4 in this respect. msgstr Se non si corregge questa impostazione, il programma sarà inutilizzabile. Rifiutando questa proposta, l'aggiornamento verrà annullato e si avrà la possibilità di modificare manualmente la configurazione. Accettando la proposta si renderà master.cf compatibile con Postfix 2.4 in modo automatico. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade? msgstr Correggere la voce tlsmgr in master.cf per l'aggiornamento? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../templates:5001 msgid Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr. msgstr Nella versione 2.2 di postfix è cambiata l'invocazione di tlsmgr. # | msgid # | Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option # | to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this # | configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master. # | cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect. #. Type: boolean #. Description #:
tripwire 2.4.2.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tripwire
di battitura.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Your site passphrase is incorrect. Retry operation?
msgstr La frase segreta del sito non è corretta. Si desidera ritentare?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid
The site passphrase you entered is incorrect. If you think you mistyped it
and would like to retry the current operation accept below. If you can't
remember the passphrase, decline below and the tripwire installation process
will terminate gracefully. When you remember the site passphrase continue
the installation process by running
msgstr
La frase segreta del sito inserita non è corretta. Se si ritiene che vi sia
stato un errore di battitura e si desidera ritentare, rispondere
affermativamente. Se non si ricorda la frase segreta, rispondere
negativamente e il processo d'installazione di Tripwire verrà terminato.
Quando si ricorderà la frase segreta del sito si potrà continuare il
processo d'installazione eseguendo
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001 ../templates:9001
msgid dpkg-reconfigure tripwire
msgstr dpkg-reconfigure tripwire
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001 ../templates:9001
msgid as root.
msgstr come utente root.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid
If you have completely forgotten your site passphrase, generate a new site
key with a new passphrase by running
msgstr
Se si è dimenticata completamente la frase segreta del sito, generare una
nuova chiave del sito con una nuova frase segreta eseguendo
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid twadmin -m G -S /etc/tripwire/site.key
msgstr twadmin -m G -S /etc/tripwire/site.key
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Enter local key passphrase:
msgstr Inserire la frase segreta locale:
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid
Tripwire uses two different keys for authentication and encryption of
files. The local key is used to protect files specific to the local
machine, such as the Tripwire database. The local key may also be used for
signing integrity check reports.
msgstr
Per l'autentica e la cifratura di file Tripwire utilizza due chiavi
differenti. La chiave locale viene utilizzata per la protezione di file
specifici per il sistema locale, come per esempio il database di Tripwire.
La chiave locale può anche essere utilizzata per la firma di rapporti di
controllo dell'integrità.
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid
You are being prompted for this passphrase because no local key file
currently exists.
msgstr
Questa frase segreta viene richiesta in quanto attualmente non vi è alcun
file di chiave locale.
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
msgid Repeat the local key passphrase:
msgstr Ripetere la frase segreta locale:
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
msgid Please repeat the local pass phrase to be sure you didn't mistype.
msgstr
Ripetere la frase segreta locale, per accertarsi che non vi siano errori di
battitura.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid Your local passphrase is incorrect. Retry operation?
msgstr La frase segreta locale non è corretta. Si desidera ritentare?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid
The local passphrase you entered is incorrect. If you think you mistyped it
and would like to retry the current operation accept below. If you can't
remember the passphrase, decline below and the tripwire installation process
will terminate gracefully. When you remember the local passphrase continue
the installation process by running
msgstr
La frase segreta locale inserita non è corretta. Se si ritiene che vi sia
stato un errore di battitura e si desidera ritentare, rispondere
affermativamente. Se non si ricorda la frase segreta, rispondere
negativamente e il processo d'installazione di Tripwire verrà terminato.
Quando si ricorda la frase segreta locale, continuare il processo
d'installazione eseguendo
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid
#| If you have completely forgotten your local passphrase, generate a new
#| site key with a new passphrase by running
msgid
If you have completely forgotten your local passphrase, generate a new local
key with a new passphrase by running
msgstr
Se si è dimenticata completamente la frase segreta locale, generare una
nuova chiave locale con una nuova frase segreta eseguendo
# NdT: a essere errato è il testo in inglese e non la traduzione in italiano.
# L'autore è già stato informato e provvederà prossimamente a modificare il template.
# Christian Perrier è a sua volta informato. Vedi bug no. 598350 nel BTS.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid twadmin -m G -L /etc/tripwire/${hostname
debian-installer: Please update sublevel 6
Hi,
Two strings have been added to Debian Installer recently. As per a new
policy, these strings ar emoved to sublevel 6 temporarily and not
counted in overall statistics, which means your language still appears
as 100% translated, while this file is incomplete.
I recently decided to handle these updates in a separate process for
organizational reasons. This is why you're notified spearately by this
mail.
Please update your translation and commit it back to D-I SVN. In case
you can't, you can send me the update so that I update the repository
myself.
There is no strict deadline, but doing this update as soon as possible
would be a good idea: this is not that a big update..:-)
# Italian translation for sublevel6
# Copyright (C) 2012 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This package is distributed under the same license as the debian-installer package
# Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2012.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-25 22:50+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-14 17:30+0200\n
Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid Interface to use:
msgstr Interfaccia da utilizzare:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:1001
msgid
Packages that use debconf for configuration share a common look and feel.
You can select the type of user interface they use.
msgstr
I pacchetti che usano debconf per la configurazione condividono un aspetto
comune. È possibile selezionare il tipo di interfaccia utente da usare.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr Nessuna
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:2001
msgid 'None' will never ask you any question.
msgstr Con «Nessuna» non verrà mai posta alcuna domanda.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid Text
msgstr Testuale
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:3001
msgid 'Text' is a traditional plain text interface.
msgstr «Testuale» è un'interfaccia di testo tradizionale.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid Newt
msgstr Newt
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:4001
msgid 'Newt' is a full-screen, character based interface.
msgstr «Newt» è un'interfaccia a caratteri, a schermo intero.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:5001
msgid GTK
msgstr GTK
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../cdebconf.templates:5001
msgid
'GTK' is a graphical interface that may be used in any graphical environment.
msgstr «GTK» è un'interfaccia da utilizzare in un ambiente grafico.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#: ../network-console.templates:10001
msgid Could not fetch SSH authorized keys
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. :sl6:
#. Translators: do NOT translate the LOCATION variable name
#: ../network-console.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid An error occurred while creating the keyfile.
msgid An error occurred while fetching SSH authorized keys from ${LOCATION}.
msgstr Si è verificato un errore nel creare il file chiave.
mod-mono 2.10-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mod-mono
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on mod-mono pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, May 05, 2012. Thanks, # Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for mod-mono # Copyright (C) 2006 Software in the Public Interest # This file is distributed under the same license as the mod-mono package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2006 - 2009. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: mod-mono 2.4.2 italian debconf templates\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mod-m...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-20 23:00+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-09 10:48+0200\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libapache2-mod-mono.templates:2001 msgid Mono server to use: msgstr Server mono da utilizzare: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../libapache2-mod-mono.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The libapache2-mod-mono module can be used with one of two different Mono #| ASP.NET backends:\n #| - mod-mono-server1: implements ASP.NET 1.1 features;\n #| - mod-mono-server2: implements ASP.NET 2.0 features. msgid The libapache2-mod-mono module can be used with one of two different Mono ASP.NET backends:\n - mod-mono-server2: implements ASP.NET 2.0 features;\n - mod-mono-server4: implements ASP.NET 4.0 features. msgstr Il modulo libapache2-mod-mono può essere usato con uno dei due diversi backend di Mono ASP.NET:\n - mod-mono-server2: implementa le funzioni di ASP.NET 2.0;\n - mod-mono-server4: implementa le funzioni di ASP.NET 4.0.
aolserver4 4.5.1-15.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package aolserver4
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on aolserver4 pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, May 03, 2012. Thanks, # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: aolversion 3.5.1-1\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: aolserv...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-19 14:38+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2003-01-02 16:35+0100\n Last-Translator: Davide Gliozzi zetazeroz...@yahoo.it\n Language-Team: Debian l10n Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: \n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid Server hostname: msgstr Inserisci una porta TCP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The server needs an hostname to be exposed on redirect pages URL and for #| informative purposes to identify itself. msgid AOLserver needs a hostname to use for redirect page URLs and for identifying itself. msgstr AOLserver richiede un hostname da usare negli URL di reindirizzamento e a scopi informativi per indentificarsi. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid It is generally the fully-qualified DNS hostname of the computer, or localhost if it is not networked. Any name valid for a URL string can be used. msgstr Si tratta in genere del nome DNS completo del tuo computer o localhost, se non sei in rete. Usa un qualsiasi nome che possa legalmente essere considerato in una stringa URL nella tua configurazione. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001 #, fuzzy msgid Server IP address: msgstr Inserisci un indirizzo IP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001 msgid AOLserver needs an IP address to listen to. msgstr Il server AOL necessita di un indirizzo IP #. Type: string #. Description #: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:3001 msgid The default is the address of the loopback interface. If the server is to be remotely accessible this should be replaced by the address of the appropriate network interface. msgstr L'indirizzo di default è l'interfaccia di loopback. Se il server deve essereaccessibile da remoto, allora è meglio che sia rimpiazzato dall'indirizzodell'interfaccia network appropriata. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:4001 #, fuzzy msgid Server TCP port: msgstr Inserisci una porta TCP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../aolserver4-daemon.templates:4001 #, fuzzy msgid AOLserver needs a port number assigned for its use. This is almost always port 80 (the standard HTTP port), but might be different if another web server is installed, or some other service is listening on that port. msgstr AOLserver richiede che venga assegnata un numero di porta per il suo uso. Questa è quasi sempre la porta 80 (la porta HTTP standard), ma può essere diversa se hai installato un secondo server web, o hai qualche altro servizio in ascolta su tale porta. #, fuzzy #~ msgid #~ AOLserver needs at least an IP address to listen to. It is generally the #~ primary Ethernet interface (or the loopback address, if the server will #~ be used just locally). #~ msgstr #~ Il server richiede almeno un indirizzo IP. Si tratta generalmente della #~ interfaccia primaria ethernet (o dell'indirizzo di loopback, se vuoi #~ usare il server solo localmente). #, fuzzy #~ msgid #~ The default address is the loopback one, which is not recommended for #~ general (network or Internet) use. #~ msgstr #~ L'indirizzo di default è quello di loopback, che non è raccomandato per #~ usi generali (in rete o internet). #, fuzzy #~ msgid It is recommended using the default. #~ msgstr Si raccomanda l'uso del default.
xsp 2.10-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xsp
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on xsp pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, March 14, 2012. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF XSP'S PO-DEBCONF FILE # Copyright (C) 2008 XSP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the XSP package. # # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2008, 2009, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: xsp 2.4.3-3\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-21 07:13+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-09 08:26+0200\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Let mono-apache-server restart Apache? msgid Let mono-apache-server4 restart Apache? msgstr Lasciare che mono-apache-server riavvii Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The Debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update #| script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET #| applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new #| configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is #| true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts. #| conf file. msgid The Debian version of mono-apache-server4 includes a mono-server4-update script that creates a configuration file for Apache to start the ASP.NET applications, and mono-server4-update can restart Apache if there's a new configuration file (/etc/mono-server4/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is true, then Apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server4-hosts. conf file. msgstr La versione Debian di mono-apache-server include uno script di aggiornamento, \mono-server-update\, che crea un file di configurazione per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione («/etc/mono-server/mono-server- hosts.conf»). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione «mono-server-hosts.conf». #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:2001 ../mono-apache-server2.templates:2001 #: ../mono-xsp4.templates:4001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:4001 msgid ASP.NET 1.0 support removed msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:2001 ../mono-apache-server2.templates:2001 msgid You appear to have some ASP.NET 1.0 sites configured in /etc/mono-server1. Support for the 1.0 profile has been removed from Mono 2.8 and above, and you are no longer able to serve ASP.NET 1.0 sites. You must reconfigure XSP to serve these sites using either 2.0 or 4.0 profiles, assuming your application is compatible. Please see mono-server2-admin(8) or mono-server4- admin(8) to see how to regenerate a configuration for use with 2.0 or 4.0 profiles. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001 msgid Let mono-apache-server2 restart Apache? msgstr Lasciare che mono-apache-server2 riavvii Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The Debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update #| script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET #| applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new #| configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this #| is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server2- #| hosts.conf file. msgid The Debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update script that creates a configuration file for Apache to start the ASP.NET applications, and mono-server2-update can restart Apache if there's a new configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this is true, then Apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server2-hosts. conf file. msgstr La versione Debian di mono-apache-server2 include uno script di aggiornamento, «mono-server2-update», che crea un file di configurazione per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione («/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2- hosts.conf»). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione «mono-server-hosts.conf». #. Type: boolean #. Description #:
[BTS#662119] po-debconf://cvsd
Doh. If I make mistakes myself when tryin gto fix things, also, that makes a lot of trouble..:-) So, really fixing the robot now, hopefully. -- Christian Perrier Chef de service Informatique Individuelle et Départementale Direction des Réseaux et de l'Informatique - Onera Je vous remercie d'avance de bien vouloir me demander l'autorisation si vous souhaitez diffuser le contenu de ce courrier électronique à des tiers. -- Per REVOCARE l'iscrizione alla lista, inviare un email a debian-l10n-italian-requ...@lists.debian.org con oggetto unsubscribe. Per problemi inviare un email in INGLESE a listmas...@lists.debian.org To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-l10n-italian-requ...@lists.debian.org with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org Archive: http://lists.debian.org/4f546e2f.9040...@onera.fr
[BTS##662119] po-debconf://cvsd
Copy/paste errors in a previous mail that confuse the trackaing robot -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
[BTS#662123] po-debconf://spotweb
Resending this mail to fix the robot -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
[DONE] po-debconf://davfs
Fixing the robot -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
debian-installer: Please update debconf PO translation for the package debian-installer
Hello, Once again, minor adjustments to the Debian Installer translatable strings changed your translation to incomplete state. The strings to update are very simple (three language names, two of them being indeed English spelling error fixes, and the name of one state in Australia). If you can, please update them as soon as possible (there is no deadline but you probably want me to stop nagging you..:) Many thanks for your work and commitment to Debian Installer translations. it.po.gz Description: Binary data
fltk1.1 1.1.10-10.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fltk1.1
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on fltk1.1 pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, March 02, 2012. Thanks, # fltk1.1 - Italian Debconf messages # # This file is distributed under the same license as the fltk1.1 package. # Andrea Bolognani e...@kiyuko.org, 2006. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: fltk1.1 1.1.7\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: fltk...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 06:16+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2006-03-21 18:02+0200\n Last-Translator: Andrea Bolognani e...@kiyuko.org\n Language-Team: Italian i...@li.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001 msgid Make .h links to FL/*.H? msgstr Creare dei links con estensione .h a FL/*.H? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| For compatibility with some older code, FLTK used to make its C++- #| specific headers available as FL/*.h as well as FL/*.H; however, the #| lowercase-h names are deprecated, and we recommend eliminating them from #| your code regardless. msgid For compatibility with some older code, FLTK used to make its C++-specific headers available as FL/*.h as well as FL/*.H. However, the lowercase-h names are deprecated and should be eliminated from source code. msgstr Per compatibilità con il vecchio codice, FLTK rende disponibili i suoi headers specifici per il C++ sia come FL/*.h che come FL/*.H; tuttavia, i nomi con la h minuscola sono sconsigliati, e si raccomanda che ogni riferimento ad essi venga eliminato dal proprio codice. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libfltk1.1-dev.templates:2001 msgid Please choose whether such compatibility symlinks should be created. msgstr
lilo 1:23.2-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package lilo
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on lilo pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, February 27, 2012. Thanks, # Translation of Lilo debconf templates to Italian # This file is distributed under the same license as the lilo package. # # Translators: # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2009, 2011. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: lilo 1:23.1-2\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: l...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-14 15:48+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-13 21:07+0200\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:1001 msgid LILO configuration msgstr Configurazione di LILO #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:1001 msgid It seems to be your first LILO installation. It is absolutely necessary to run liloconfig(8) when you complete this process and execute /sbin/lilo after this. msgstr Sembra che questa sia la prima installazione di LILO. Al termine dell'installazione è assolutamente necessario eseguire prima liloconfig(8) e poi /sbin/lilo. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:1001 msgid LILO won't work if you don't do this. msgstr Senza queste operazioni LILO non può funzionare. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 msgid Do you want to add the large-memory option? msgstr Aggiungere l'opzione \large-memory\? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| By default, LILO loads the initrd file into the first 15MB of memory to #| avoid a BIOS limitation with older systems (earlier than 2001). msgid Usually LILO loads the initrd file into the first 15MB of memory to avoid a BIOS limitation with older systems (earlier than 2001 and few systems until 2004). msgstr LILO carica il file initrd nei primi 15MB della memoria in modo da evitare una limitazione del BIOS con i sistemi più vecchi (precedenti al 2001). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| However, with newer kernels the combination of kernel and initrd may not #| fit into the first 15MB of memory and so the system will not boot #| properly. It seems that the boot issues appear when the kernel+initrd #| combination is larger than 8MB. msgid With newer kernels the combination of kernel and initrd may not fit into the first 15MB of memory. LILO compute the needed size of memory and will automatically use the memory above 15MB, too, if there is enough physical memory. msgstr Tuttavia, con i nuovi kernel la combinazione di kernel e initrd potrebbe non entrare nei primi 15MB di memoria e quindi il sistema non si avvia correttamente. Sembra che il problema appaia quando la combinazione kernel +initrd supera 8MB. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:2001 msgid If this machine has a recent BIOS without a 15MB limitation and you want to use memory above 15MB for all kernels, set the 'large-memory' option. msgstr Se questa macchina ha un BIOS recente senza la limitazione dei 15MB e si vuole usare la memoria superiore a 15MB per il kenrle, impostare l'opzione \large-memory\. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:3001 msgid Do you want to run /sbin/lilo now? msgstr Eseguire /sbin/lilo adesso? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:3001 msgid It was detected that it's necessary to run /sbin/lilo in order to activate the new LILO configuration. msgstr È necessario eseguire /sbin/lilo per attivare la nuova configurazione di LILO. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| WARNING: This procedure will write data in your MBR and may overwrite #| some things in that place. If you skip this step, you must run /sbin/lilo #| before reboot your computer or your system may not boot again. msgid WARNING: This procedure will write data in your MBR and may overwrite some data there. If you skip this step, you must run /sbin/lilo before rebooting your computer, or your system may not boot again. msgstr ATTENZIONE: Questa procedura scrive dei dati nel MBR e potrebbe sovrascrivere parte dei dati che già sono lì. Se si salta questo passo è necessario eseguire /sbin/lilo prima di riavviare il proprio computer altrimenti si rischia di non poter più avviare il proprio sistema. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../lilo.templates:4001 msgid Do you want to convert boot and root options? msgstr Aggiungere l'opzione \large-memory\? #. Type: boolean #.
samba4 4.0.0~alpha17.dfsg2-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba4
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for samba4. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug against samba4. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tue, 21 Feb 2012 19:03:50 +0100. Thanks in advance, # Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for samba # Copyright (C) 2004 Software in the Public Interest # This file is distributed under the same license as the samba package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2004-2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: samba 3.0.24-4 italian debconf templates\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sam...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-01 22:43+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-23 21:17+0200\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:1001 msgid Upgrade from Samba 3? msgstr Aggiornare da Samba 3? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:1001 msgid It is possible to migrate the existing configuration files from Samba 3 to Samba 4. This is likely to fail for complex setups, but should provide a good starting point for most existing installations. msgstr È possibile migrare i file di configurazione esistenti da Samba 3 a Samba 4. Probabilmente, se la configurazione è complessa, questo processo non riuscirà ma dovrebbe comunque fornire un buon punto di partenza per la maggior parte delle installazioni esistenti. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:2001 msgid Server role msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:2001 msgid Domain controllers manage NT4-style or Active Directory domains and provide services such as identity management and domain logons. Each domain needs to have a at least one domain controller. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:2001 msgid Member servers can be part of a NT4-style or Active Directory domain but do not provide any domain services. Workstations and file or print servers are usually regular domain members. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:2001 msgid A standalone server can not be used in a domain and only supports file sharing and Windows for Workgroups-style logins. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Realm: msgid Realm name: msgstr Realm: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:3001 msgid Please specify the Kerberos realm for the domain that this domain controller controls. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../samba4.templates:3001 msgid Usually this is the a capitalized version of your DNS hostname. msgstr #~ msgid Set up Samba 4 as a PDC? #~ msgstr Impostare Samba 4 come PDC? #~ msgid #~ If you do not choose this option, Samba will be left unconfigured, and #~ you will have to configure it yourself. #~ msgstr #~ Se si rifiuta, Samba rimane non configurato e si dovrà configurarlo da #~ soli. #~ msgid #~ Even when using this option, you will need to set up DNS such that it #~ serves the data from the zone file in that directory before you can use #~ the Active Directory domain. #~ msgstr #~ Anche se si accetta, prima di poter usare il dominio dell'Active #~ Directory, è obbligatorio impostare un DNS perché questo è necessario per #~ servire i dati del file di zona per la directory. #~ msgid #~ Please specify the Kerberos realm this server will be in. In many cases, #~ this will be the same as the DNS domain name. #~ msgstr #~ Specificare il realm Kerberos in cui verrà inserito questo server. In #~ molti casi è uguale al nome del dominio DNS. #~ msgid Domain Name: #~ msgstr Nome del dominio: #~ msgid #~ Please specify the domain you want this server to appear to be in when #~ queried by clients. #~ msgstr #~ Specificare in quale dominio deve apparire questo server quando verrà #~ interrogato dai client.
Re: Bug#659401: [INTL: it] Italian translation of cacti debconf messages
Quoting Beatrice Torracca (beatri...@libero.it): Package: cacti Severity: wishlist Tags: l10n patch Hi. Please find attached the Italian translation of cacti debconf messages, proofread by the Italian localization team. Please include it in your next upload. Hello Beatrice, It seems that you worked on the original version of cacti debconf templates, before it was proofread by the debian-l10n-english team. As our review changed templates, your translation then becomes incomplete, with fuzzy string (and one untranslated). Would you midn updating the attached file, which is your translation re-merged with the current templates? it.po Description: application/gettext signature.asc Description: Digital signature
beep 1.3-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package beep
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on beep pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, February 17, 2012. Thanks, msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: beep 1.2.2-12\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: b...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-11 18:36+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-03 19:01+0200\n Last-Translator: davide gliozzi zetazeroz...@yahoo.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:1001 msgid usable for all msgstr utilizzabile da tutti #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:1001 msgid usable for group audio msgstr utilizzabile dal gruppo audio #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../templates:1001 msgid usable only for root msgstr utillizzabile solamente da root #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:1002 msgid Install beep as: msgstr Installa beep come: #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:1002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| beep must be run as root since it needs to access the speaker hardware. #| There are several posibilities to make the program usable: Either only #| for root (no suid bit at all), executable only by users of the group #| audio, or usable for all. msgid beep must be run as root since it needs to access the speaker hardware. There are several possibilities to make the program usable: Either only for root (no suid bit at all), executable only by users of the group audio, or usable for all. msgstr beep deve essere lanciato come root dato che ha l'esigenza di accedere fisicamente agli autoparlanti. Ci sono diverse possibilità di rendere il programma fruibile: o solamente a root (non si usa affatto il bit suid), o solamente agli utenti del gruppo audio, oppure a tutti. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../templates:1002 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Since each program set as suid root can be a security risk this is not #| done by default. However, the program is quite small (~150 lines of #| code), so it is fairly easy to verify the safety of the code yourself, if #| you don't trust my judgement. msgid Since each program set as suid root can be a security risk this is not done by default. However, the program is quite small (~150 lines of code), so it is fairly easy to verify the safety of the code yourself, if you don't trust the package maintainer's judgement. msgstr Dal momento che ogni programma che usa suid root è un rischio per la sicurezza, questo non viene abilitato come opzione predefinita. Comunque, il programma risulta abbastanza piccolo (circa 150 linee di codice) e semplice da permettere di verificare da soli la sicurezza del codice, qualora non ci si fidasse del giudizio dell'autore. #~ msgid #~ suid root for all, suid root with only group audio executable, not suid #~ at all #~ msgstr #~ suid root per tutti, suid root solamente con gli eseguibili del gruppo #~ audio, nient'affatto suid
pam 1.1.3-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package pam
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on pam pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, January 27, 2012. Thanks, # Debconf questions for the Linux-PAM package. # Copyright (C) 2007 Steve Langasek vor...@debian.org # This file is distributed under the same license as the pam package. # # David Paleino d.pale...@gmail.com, 2008, 2010. # Nicole B. damn3dg...@gmail.com, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: pam 0.99.7.1-5\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: p...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-30 15:05-0400\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-23 21:21+0200\n Last-Translator: Nicole B. damn3dg...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italiano t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: \n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:1001 msgid Services to restart for PAM library upgrade: msgstr Servizi da riavviare per l'aggiornamento della libreria PAM: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:1001 msgid Most services that use PAM need to be restarted to use modules built for this new version of libpam. Please review the following space-separated list of init.d scripts for services to be restarted now, and correct it if needed. msgstr La maggior parte dei servizi che usano PAM hanno bisogno di essere riavviati per utilizzare i moduli compilati per questa nuova versione di libpam. Controllare e correggere, se necessario, il seguente elenco di script di init.d, separati da spazi, inerente i servizi da riavviare. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:2001 msgid Display manager must be restarted manually msgstr Il display manager deve essere riavviato manualmente #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:2001 msgid The wdm and xdm display managers require a restart for the new version of libpam, but there are X login sessions active on your system that would be terminated by this restart. You will therefore need to restart these services by hand before further X logins will be possible. msgstr I display manager wdm e xdm richiedono di essere riavviati per la nuova versione di libpam, ma ci sono sessioni di login X attive sul sistema che verrebbero terminate da questo riavvio. Bisognerà riavviare questi servizi manualmente prima che sia possibile ogni altro login al server X. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:3001 msgid Failure restarting some services for PAM upgrade msgstr Fallito il riavvio di alcuni servizi per l'aggiornamento di PAM #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:3001 msgid The following services could not be restarted for the PAM library upgrade: msgstr Non è stato possibile il riavvio dei seguenti servizi per l'aggiornamento della libreria PAM: #. Type: error #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:3001 msgid You will need to start these manually by running '/etc/init.d/service start'. msgstr Bisognerà avviarli manualmente eseguendo '/etc/init.d/servizio start'. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:4001 msgid Restart services during package upgrades without asking? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../libpam0g.templates:4001 msgid There are services installed on your system which need to be restarted when certain libraries, such as libpam, libc, and libssl, are upgraded. Since these restarts may cause interruptions of service for the system, you will normally be prompted on each upgrade for the list of services you wish to restart. You can choose this option to avoid being prompted; instead, all necessary restarts will be done for you automatically so you can avoid being asked questions on each library upgrade. msgstr #. Type: title #. Description #: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001 msgid PAM configuration msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001 msgid PAM profiles to enable: msgstr Profili PAM abilitabili: #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001 msgid Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) determine how authentication, authorization, and password changing are handled on the system, as well as allowing configuration of additional actions to take when starting user sessions. msgstr PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) determina come le autenticazioni, le autorizzazioni e i cambiamenti di password siano gestite dal sistema. Allo stesso modo permette la configurazione di azioni addizionali da effettuarsi all'inizio di una sessione utente. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #:
nvidia-support 20111111+1+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nvidia-support
Hi,
A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nvidia-support pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Friday, January 20, 2012.
Thanks,
# Italian translation of nvidia-support'S PO-DEBCONF FILE.
# Copyright (C) 2011 THE nvidia-support'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the nvidia-support package.
# Dario Santamaria dario.santama...@gmail.com, 2011.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: nvidia-support 20110718+1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: nvidia-supp...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-10 17:17+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-08 21:44+0200\n
Last-Translator: Dario Santamaria dario.santama...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:1001
msgid Run 'nvidia-installer --uninstall'?
msgstr Eseguire «nvidia-installer --uninstall»?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:1001
msgid
The 'nvidia-installer' program was found on your system. This is probably
left over from an earlier installation of the non-free NVIDIA graphics
driver, installed using the NVIDIA *.run file directly. This installation
is incompatible with the Debian packages. To install the Debian packages
safely, it is therefore neccessary to undo the changes performed by 'nvidia-
installer'.
msgstr
Nel sistema è presente il programma «nvidia-installer». Probabilmente questo
è frutto di una precedente installazione dei driver grafici NVIDIA
proprietari, tramite l'esecuzione del file *.run di NVIDIA. Tale
installazione è incompatibile con i pacchetti Debian. Per una installazione
corretta è quindi necessario annullare le modifiche effettuate da «nvidia-
installer».
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:2001
msgid Delete 'nvidia-installer' files?
msgstr Rimuovere i file di «nvidia-installer»?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:2001
msgid
Some files from the 'nvidia-installer' still remain on your system. These
probably come from an earlier installation of the non-free NVIDIA graphics
driver using the *.run file directly. Running the uninstallation procedure
may have failed and left these behind. These files conflict with the
packages providing the non-free NVIDIA graphics driver and must be removed
before the package installation can continue.
msgstr
Nel sistema sono rimasti alcuni file di «nvidia-installer». Probabilmente
provengono da una precedente installazione dei driver grafici NVIDIA
proprietari, tramite l'esecuzione del file *.run di NVIDIA. Sono rimasti
perché potrebbe essere fallita l'esecuzione della procedura di
disinstallazione. Questi sono in conflitto con i pacchetti che forniscono i
driver grafici NVIDIA proprietari e devono essere rimossi prima di
continuare con l'installazione.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:3001
msgid Remove conflicting library files?
msgstr Rimuovere le librerie in conflitto?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:3001
msgid
The following libraries were found on your system and conflict with the
current installation of the NVIDIA graphics drivers:
msgstr
Sono presenti nel sistema le seguenti librerie che sono in conflitto con
l'installazione dei driver NVIDIA attualmente in corso:
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nvidia-installer-cleanup.templates:3001
msgid
These libraries are most likely remnants of an old installation using the
nvidia-installer and do not belong to any package managed by dpkg. It
should be safe to delete them.
msgstr
Queste librerie sono per lo più residui di una vecchia installazione tramite
«nvidia-installer» e non appartengono ad alcun pacchetto gestito da dpkg. Si
possono tranquillamente rimuovere.
#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Translators, do not translate the substitution variables (${new-version},
#. ${running-version}) and the command 'rmmod nvidia'.
#: ../nvidia-support.templates:3001
msgid Mismatching nvidia kernel module loaded
msgstr Mancata corrispondenza con il modulo del kernel nvidia in uso
#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Translators, do not translate the substitution variables (${new-version},
#. ${running-version}) and the command 'rmmod nvidia'.
#: ../nvidia-support.templates:3001
msgid
The nvidia driver that is being installed (version ${new-version}) does not
match the nvidia kernel module currently loaded (version ${running-version}).
msgstr
Il driver nvidia che si
unixcw 3.0-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package unixcw
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for unixcw. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, January 25, 2012. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF UNICXW'S PO-DEBCONF FILE. # COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE UNIXCW'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the unixcw package. # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2009. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: unixcw\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: uni...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2012-01-11 06:51+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-16 18:53+0100\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cwcp.templates:2001 msgid Run cwcp with root privileges? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cwcp.templates:2001 msgid If it is run with elevated privileges (which is not recommended), cwcp can produce sounds using the console buzzer. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cwcp.templates:2001 ../cw.templates:2001 msgid Please choose whether this should be achieved by giving the executable the \setuid\ attribute. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cwcp.templates:2001 ../cw.templates:2001 msgid Alternatives include running the program with sudo or eliminating this issue completely by using output via a sound card instead of the buzzer. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cw.templates:2001 msgid Run cw with root privileges? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../cw.templates:2001 msgid If it is run with elevated privileges (which is not recommended), cw can produce sounds using the console buzzer. msgstr #, fuzzy #~| msgid Make cwcp setuid root #~ msgid Make cwcp setuid root? #~ msgstr Impostare cwcp con setuid root #, fuzzy #~| msgid Make cw setuid root #~ msgid Make cw setuid root? #~ msgstr Impostare cw con setuid root #~ msgid #~ The cwcp program only runs correctly as the root user. One way of doing #~ this is to make the program setuid root. This is generally a bad idea as #~ there are better ways, such as using the sudo program, to do this. #~ However, you have the option here of making it setuid root if you like. #~ msgstr #~ cwcp funziona regolarmente solo se eseguito come utente root; a tal fine #~ lo si può impostare con setuid root, ma questa normalmente non è una #~ buona idea, in quanto ci sono modi migliori come, per esempio, utilizzare #~ il programma sudo. Ad ogni modo, si ha la possibilità di impostarlo con #~ setuid root, se lo si desidera. #~ msgid #~ The cw program only runs correctly as the root user. One way of doing #~ this is to make the program setuid root. This is generally a bad idea as #~ there are better ways, such as using the sudo program, to do this. #~ However, you have the option here of making it setuid root if you like. #~ msgstr #~ cw funziona regolarmente solo se eseguito come utente root; a tal fine lo #~ si può impostare con setuid root, ma questa normalmente non è una buona #~ idea, in quanto ci sono modi migliori come, per esempio, utilizzare il #~ programma sudo. Ad ogni modo, si ha la possibilità di impostarlo con #~ setuid root, se lo si desidera.
fts 0.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fts
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on fts pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, January 10, 2012. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF FTS' PO-DEBCONF FILE. # COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE FTS' COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the fts package. # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: fts 0.1-1\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: f...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-04-27 14:29+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-13 16:18+0100\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../fts.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Base directory for the tftp-daemon: msgid Base directory for the TFTP files: msgstr Directory di base per il demone TFTP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../fts.templates:1001 msgid Please note that the configuration directory for TFTP is the one that usually contains the pxelinux.0 file. It has to be configured to the same value that is used by your TFTP server. msgstr #~ msgid #~ The base directory for TFTP is the root dir for served files. The default #~ should be good for everyone. #~ msgstr #~ La directory di base per TFTP è la radice per i file serviti. Quella #~ predefinita dovrebbe essere accessibile a tutti.
nodm 0.11-1.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nodm
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nodm pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, January 10, 2012. Thanks, # Italian translation of nodm's po-debconf file # COPYRIGHT (C) 2009-2010 THE NODM'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nodm package. # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2009, 2010 # # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nodm 0.7-1\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-17 13:58+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-17 13:27+0100\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:2001 msgid Start nodm on boot? msgstr Eseguire nodm all'avvio? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:2001 msgid Designed for embedded or kiosk systems, nodm starts an X session for a user without asking for authentication. On regular machines, this has security implications and is therefore disabled by default. msgstr Nodm, che è stato concepito per sistemi integrati o kiosk, avvia una sessione di X per un determinato utente senza chiedere l'autenticazione. Su sistemi normali questa funzionalità ha conseguenze in tema di sicurezza e pertanto in modo predefinito è disattivata. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:2001 msgid You should enable nodm only if you need autologin on this machine. msgstr Si dovrebbe abilitare nodm solo se si necessita di un accesso automatico su questa macchina. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:3001 msgid User to start a session for: msgstr Utente per il quale iniziare la sessione: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the login name of the user that will automatically be logged into X by nodm. msgstr Inserire il nome dell'utente per il quale nodm eseguirà automaticamente l'accesso a X. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:4001 msgid Lowest numbered vt on which X may start: msgstr Numero inferiore del terminale virtuale a cui X può essere avviato: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:4001 msgid nodm needs to find a free virtual terminal on which to start the X server. msgstr nodm deve trovare un terminale virtuale libero da cui può avviare il server X. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:4001 msgid Since X and getty get to conflict, this parameter will specify the lowest numbered virtual terminal on which to start the search. msgstr Poiché X e getty vanno in conflitto, questo parametro specificherà il numero inferiore di terminale virtuale da cui iniziare la ricerca. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:4001 msgid This value should be set to one higher than the highest numbered virtual terminal on which a getty may start. msgstr Questo valore dovrebbe essere superiore al numero massimo di terminale virtuale in cui getty può essere avviato. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:5001 msgid Options for the X server: msgstr Opzioni per il server X: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:5001 msgid Please enter the options to pass to the X server when starting it. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:6001 msgid Minimum time (in seconds) for a session to be considered OK: msgstr Tempo minimo (in secondi) affinché una sessione venga considerata OK: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:6001 msgid If an X session will run for less than this time in seconds, nodm will wait an amount of time before restarting the session. The waiting time will grow until a session lasts longer than this amount. msgstr Se una sessione di X viene eseguita per meno di questo tempo minimo, nodm attenderà un certo lasso di tempo prima di riavviare la sessione. Tale tempo di attesa aumenterà finché una sessione non durerà più del tempo minimo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:7001 msgid X session to use: msgstr Sessione di X da utilizzare: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:7001 msgid Please choose the name of the X session script to use with nodm. msgstr #~ msgid #~ Please enter the options to pass to the X server when starting the #~ session. These options will be used in the NODM_X_OPTIONS variable in the #~ command line used by nodm to start the X session: #~ msgstr #~ Inserire le opzioni da passare al server X quando la sessione viene #~ avviata. Queste opzioni verranno utilizzate nella variabile #~
Danish overtakes Italian in debconf translations race....:-)
As of today, Danish is now ranked 11th in debconf translations ratio, with 76,54% of strings translated while Italian has 76,11% (it seems that NMUs of mine helped a little bit in this, particularly the NMU of dbconfig-common). I know that the Italian team will react to this and do its best to follow the currently crazy progress rate of Danish (and Joe Hansen's tireless translations)... Anyway your common goal is of course reaching the heaven of 100percentness, right? :-) Anyway, congratulations to both teams: you guys are among the quite active ones in Debian localization and you definitely deserve some rewards... -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
it near full 100% for Debian Installer....
Hello Milo, Luca...and all fellow italian translators, Thanks to ast effort by Milo, Italian is very very very close tofull 100% for all components of Debian Installer (and related) translations. The last missing bit is indeed grub debconf templates, which was translated by Luca: http://d-i.debian.org/l10n-stats/level2/files/it/grub_debian_po_it.po -- Per REVOCARE l'iscrizione alla lista, inviare un email a debian-l10n-italian-requ...@lists.debian.org con oggetto unsubscribe. Per problemi inviare un email in INGLESE a listmas...@lists.debian.org To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-l10n-italian-requ...@lists.debian.org with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org Archive: http://lists.debian.org/20111231100422.gg9...@mykerinos.kheops.frmug.org
nss-pam-ldapd 0.8.4+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nss-pam-ldapd
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nss-pam-ldapd pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, January 04, 2012. Thanks, # Translation of nss-pam-ldapd debconf templates to Italian. # Copyright (C) 2009 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nss-pam-ldapd package. # # Translators: # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2009, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nss-pam-ldapd 0.7.9\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: nss-pam-ld...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-09 11:04+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-19 14:20+0200\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:1001 msgid LDAP server URI: msgstr URI del server LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:1001 msgid Please enter the Uniform Resource Identifier of the LDAP server. The format is \ldap://hostname_or_IP_address:port/\. Alternatively, \ldaps://\ or \ldapi://\ can be used. The port number is optional. msgstr Inserire l'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) del server LDAP. Il formato è «ldap://nomehost o indirizzo IP:porta»; è anche possibile usare «ldaps://» oppure «ldapi://». Il numero della porta è facoltativo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:1001 msgid When using an ldap or ldaps scheme it is recommended to use an IP address to avoid failures when domain name services are unavailable. msgstr Quando si usa lo schema ldap o ldaps si raccomanda di usare un indirizzo IP, al fine di ridurre i rischi di errore quando i servizi dei nomi di dominio non sono disponibili. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:1001 msgid Multiple URIs can be specified by separating them with spaces. msgstr È possibile specificare URI multipli, dividendoli con spazi. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid LDAP server search base: msgstr Base di ricerca del server LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:2001 msgid Please enter the distinguished name of the LDAP search base. Many sites use the components of their domain names for this purpose. For example, the domain \example.net\ would use \dc=example,dc=net\ as the distinguished name of the search base. msgstr Inserire il DN (distinguished name) della base di ricerca LDAP. A tal fine molti siti usano le componenti del loro nome di dominio: ad esempio, il dominio «esempio.net» userebbe «dc=esempio,dc=net» come DN della base di ricerca. #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid none msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid simple msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../nslcd.templates:3001 msgid SASL msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3002 msgid LDAP authentication to use: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3002 msgid Please choose what type of authentication the LDAP database should require (if any): msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:3002 msgid * none: no authentication;\n * simple: simple bind DN and password authentication;\n * SASL: any Simple Authentication and Security Layer mechanism. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 msgid LDAP database user: msgstr Utente del database LDAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name). msgid Enter the name of the account that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. This value should be specified as a DN (distinguished name). msgstr Questo valore dovrebbe essere specificato come DN (distinguished name). #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:5001 msgid LDAP user password: msgstr Password dell'utente LDAP: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:5001 msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgstr Inserire la password che verrà utilizzata per accedere al database LDAP. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:6001 msgid SASL mechanism to use: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../nslcd.templates:6001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Enter the password that will be used to log in to the LDAP database. msgid Choose the SASL mechanism that will be used to authenticate to the LDAP database: msgstr Inserire la password che verrà utilizzata per accedere al database LDAP. #. Type: select #. Description #:
xsp 2.10-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xsp
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on xsp pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, December 25, 2011. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF XSP'S PO-DEBCONF FILE # Copyright (C) 2008 XSP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the XSP package. # # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2008, 2009, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: xsp 2.4.3-3\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-04-03 10:54+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-09 08:26+0200\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Let mono-apache-server restart Apache? msgid Let mono-apache-server4 restart Apache? msgstr Lasciare che mono-apache-server riavvii Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The Debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update #| script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET #| applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new #| configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is #| true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts. #| conf file. msgid The Debian version of mono-apache-server4 includes a mono-server4-update script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET applications, and mono-server4-update can restart apache if there's a new configuration file (/etc/mono-server4/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is true, then Apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server4-hosts. conf file. msgstr La versione Debian di mono-apache-server include uno script di aggiornamento, \mono-server-update\, che crea un file di configurazione per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione («/etc/mono-server/mono-server- hosts.conf»). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione «mono-server-hosts.conf». #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:2001 ../mono-apache-server2.templates:2001 #: ../mono-xsp4.templates:4001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:4001 msgid ASP.NET 1.0 support removed msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server4.templates:2001 msgid You appear to have some ASP.NET 1.0 sites configured in /etc/mono-server1. Support for the 1.0 profile has been removed from Mono 2.8 and above, and you are no longer able to serve ASP.NET 1.0 sites. You must reconfigure XSP to serve these sites using either 2.0 or 4.0 profiles, assuming your application is compatible. Please see mono-server2-admin(8) or mono-server4- admin(8) to see how to regenerate a configuration for use with 2.0 or 4.0 profiles. msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001 msgid Let mono-apache-server2 restart Apache? msgstr Lasciare che mono-apache-server2 riavvii Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001 msgid The Debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server2-hosts. conf file. msgstr La versione Debian di mono-apache-server2 include uno script di aggiornamento, «mono-server2-update», che crea un file di configurazione per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione («/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2- hosts.conf»). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione «mono-server-hosts.conf». #. Type: note #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:2001 msgid You appear to have some ASP.NET 1.0 sites configured in /etc/mono-server1. Support for the 1.0 profile has been removed from Mono 2.8 and above, and you are no longer able to serve ASP.NET 1.0 sites. You must reconfigure XSP to serve these sites using either 2.0 or 4.0 profiles, assuming your application is compatible. Please see mono-server2-admin(8) or mono-server4- admin(8) to see how to regenerate a configuration for use with
zabbix 1:1.8.6-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zabbix
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on zabbix pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, December 25, 2011. Thanks, # Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for zabbix # COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE ZABBIX'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the zabbix package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2007-2009. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: zabbix 1:1.6.6 italian debconf templates\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: zab...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-07 17:31+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-04 15:51+0200\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zabbix-agent.templates:2001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001 msgid Zabbix server host address: msgstr Nome macchina o indirizzo del server Zabbix: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zabbix-agent.templates:2001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001 msgid Please enter the host name or IP address of the Zabbix server you want to connect to. msgstr Inserire il nome della macchina o l'indirizzo IP del server Zabbix a cui connettersi. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001 msgid Configure Apache? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Zabbix supports any web server supported by PHP5, however only Apache can #| be configured automatically. msgid The Zabbix web frontend runs on any web server that supportes PHP5. However only Apache (2.x) can be configured automatically at this point. msgstr Zabbix supporta qualsiasi server web con PHP5, ma solo Apache può essere configurato automaticamente. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:2001 msgid Please choose whether you want to reconfigure Apache so that the Zabbix web frontend is made available at the URL http://.../zabbix; msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Restart the web server(s) now? msgid Restart Apache now? msgstr Riavviare il server web adesso? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001 msgid In order to apply the changes needed for Zabbix configuration, the web server needs to be restarted. msgstr Per rendere effettive le modifiche alla configurazione di Zabbix è necessario riavviare il server web. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:3001 msgid Please choose whether you prefer doing it automatically now or manually later. msgstr Scegliere se riavviare automaticamente adesso oppure manualmente in seguito. # | msgid # | Please enter the port your Zabbix server is using. This is needed for # | some advanced frontend functionality. #. Type: string #. Description #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:4001 ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001 msgid This is needed for some advanced frontend functionalities. msgstr Questa informazione è necessaria per alcune delle funzionalità avanzate dell'interfaccia. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001 msgid Zabbix server port: msgstr Porta del server Zabbix: # | msgid # | Please enter the host name or IP address of the Zabbix server you want to # | connect to. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../zabbix-frontend-php.templates:5001 msgid Please enter the port used by the Zabbix server. msgstr Inserire la porta usata dal server Zabbix. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../zabbix-server-mysql.templates:2001 ../zabbix-server-pgsql.templates:2001 msgid The SQL database must be upgraded manually msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../zabbix-server-mysql.templates:2001 msgid The SQL database used by Zabbix must be upgraded manually using the scripts available in /usr/share/doc/zabbix-server-mysql. Zabbix will not work properly until the database upgrade is completed. msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../zabbix-server-pgsql.templates:2001 msgid The SQL database used by Zabbix must be upgraded manually using the scripts available in /usr/share/doc/zabbix-server-pgsql. Zabbix will not work properly until the database upgrade is completed. msgstr #~ msgid Web server to reconfigure for Zabbix: #~ msgstr Server web da riconfigurare per Zabbix: #~ msgid #~ Please select which Apache version you want to configure the Zabbix #~ frontend for. #~ msgstr #~ Selezionare la versione di Apache da configurare per
localization-config 1.07+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package localization-config
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on localization-config pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 21, 2011. Thanks, # Traduzione italiana di partman-auto # Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # Stefano Melchior stefano.melch...@openlabs.it, 2004. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: localization-config 0.105\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: mar...@debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2006-09-09 10:56+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-23 20:03+0100\n Last-Translator: Stefano Melchior stefano.melch...@openlabs.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: text #. Description #: ../templates:1001 msgid Preconfigure language-related parameters msgstr Preconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua #. Type: text #. Description #: ../templates:2001 msgid Postconfigure language-related parameters msgstr Postconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua #. Type: text #. Description #. post-base-installer progress bar item #: ../localization-config-udeb.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid Preconfiguring language-related parameters... msgstr Preconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua #. Type: text #. Description #. finish-install progress bar item #: ../localization-config-udeb.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid Configuring language-related parameters... msgstr Preconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua #, fuzzy #~ msgid Configure language-related parameters #~ msgstr Preconfigura i parametri relativi alla lingua
D-I sublevel 5: Please update translation for your language
Hi, Debian installer level 1 sublevel 5 got one more string added recently. Before this, the translation was complete for your language. You may want to recomplete this translation. You probably knwo what to do and where to commit. If you don't, then please ask..:-) # Italian messages for debian-installer. # Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Software in the Public Interest, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer. # The translation team (for all four levels): # Cristian Rigamonti c...@linux.it # Danilo Piazzalunga danilopia...@libero.it # Davide Meloni davide_mel...@fastwebnet.it # Davide Viti zino...@tiscali.it # Filippo Giunchedi fili...@esaurito.net # Giuseppe Sacco eppes...@debian.org # Lorenzo 'Maxxer' Milesi # Renato Gini # Ruggero Tonelli # Samuele Giovanni Tonon s...@linuxasylum.net # Stefano Canepa s...@linux.it # Stefano Melchior stefano.melch...@openlabs.it # Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-27 22:51+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-21 18:48+0200\n Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-base.templates:60001 #, no-c-format msgid ZFS pool %s, volume %s msgstr Pool ZFS %s, volume %s #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-base.templates:62001 #, no-c-format msgid DASD %s (%s) msgstr DASD %s (%s) #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-base.templates:63001 #, no-c-format msgid DASD %s (%s), partition #%s msgstr DASD %s (%s), partizione n° %s #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #. Setting to reserve a small part of the disk for use by BIOS-based bootloaders #. such as GRUB. #: ../partman-partitioning.templates:36001 msgid Reserved BIOS boot area msgstr Area di boot BIOS riservata #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #. short variant of 'Reserved BIOS boot area' #. Up to 10 character positions #: ../partman-partitioning.templates:37001 msgid biosgrub msgstr biosgrub #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-efi.templates:1001 msgid In order to start your new system, the firmware on your Itanium system loads the boot loader from its private EFI partition on the hard disk. The boot loader then loads the operating system from that same partition. An EFI partition has a FAT16 file system formatted on it and the bootable flag set. Most installations place the EFI partition on the first primary partition of the same hard disk that holds the root file system. msgstr Per poter avviare il nuovo sistema, il firmware del sistema Itanium carica il programma di avvio dalla sua partizione EFI privata sul disco fisso. Il programma di avvio quindi carica il sistema operativo da quella stessa partizione. Una partizione EFI ha un file system formattato con FAT16 e il flag avviabile abilitato. La maggior parte delle installazioni mettono la partizione EFI sulla prima partizione primaria dello stesso disco che contiene il file system root. #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-efi.templates:2001 ../partman-efi.templates:4001 msgid EFI boot partition msgstr Partizione di avvio EFI #. Type: boolean #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-efi.templates:3001 msgid No EFI partition was found. msgstr Non è stata trovata alcuna partizione EFI. #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #. short variant of 'EFI boot partition' #. Up to 10 character positions #: ../partman-efi.templates:5001 msgid EFIboot msgstr EFIboot #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partman-efi.templates:7001 msgid EFI-fat16 msgstr EFI-fat16 #. Type: error #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partconf.templates:1001 msgid No partitions were found in your system. You may need to partition your hard drives or load additional kernel modules. msgstr Non è stata trovata alcuna partizione nel sistema. Potrebbe essere necessario partizionare il disco o caricare ulteriori moduli del kernel. #. Type: error #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partconf.templates:2001 msgid No file systems found msgstr Nessun file system trovato #. Type: error #. Description #. :sl5: #: ../partconf.templates:2001 msgid No usable file systems were found. You may need to load additional kernel modules. msgstr Non è stato trovato alcun file system utilizzabile. Potrebbe essere necessario caricare moduli aggiuntivi. #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl5: #: ../partconf.templates:3001 msgid Abort msgstr Annulla #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl5: #. Note to translators : Please keep your translations of the choices #. below a 65 columns limit (which means 65 characters #. in single-byte languages) #: ../partconf.templates:4001 msgid Leave the
gnome-session 3.0.2-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnome-session
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of Debian-specific strings for gnome-session. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against gnome-session. Thanks in advance, # Italian translation for gnome-session # Copyright (C) 1997-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Christopher R. Gabriel cgabr...@pluto.linux.it # Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Luca Ferretti elle@libero.it # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: gnome-session 2.21.x\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-11-04 20:12+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-03 21:37+0100\n Last-Translator: Luca Ferretti elle@libero.it\n Language-Team: Italiano t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: \n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #: ../patches/02_fallback_desktop.patch.h:1 msgid GNOME Classic msgstr #: ../patches/02_fallback_desktop.patch.h:2 msgid This session logs you into GNOME msgstr #: ../patches/10_session_save.patch:237 msgid Your session has been saved. msgstr La sessione è stata salvata #: ../patches/10_session_save.patch:239 ../patches/10_session_save.patch:263 msgid Failed to save session msgstr #: ../patches/10_session_save.patch:251 msgid Could not connect to the session bus msgstr #: ../patches/10_session_save.patch:257 msgid Could not connect to the session manager msgstr Impossibile collegarsi al gestore di sessione
nodm 0.11-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package nodm
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on nodm pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, October 24, 2011. Thanks, # Italian translation of nodm's po-debconf file # COPYRIGHT (C) 2009-2010 THE NODM'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the nodm package. # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2009, 2010 # # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: nodm 0.7-1\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: n...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-17 13:58+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-17 13:27+0100\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:2001 msgid Start nodm on boot? msgstr Eseguire nodm all'avvio? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:2001 msgid Designed for embedded or kiosk systems, nodm starts an X session for a user without asking for authentication. On regular machines, this has security implications and is therefore disabled by default. msgstr Nodm, che è stato concepito per sistemi integrati o kiosk, avvia una sessione di X per un determinato utente senza chiedere l'autenticazione. Su sistemi normali questa funzionalità ha conseguenze in tema di sicurezza e pertanto in modo predefinito è disattivata. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:2001 msgid You should enable nodm only if you need autologin on this machine. msgstr Si dovrebbe abilitare nodm solo se si necessita di un accesso automatico su questa macchina. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:3001 msgid User to start a session for: msgstr Utente per il quale iniziare la sessione: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:3001 msgid Please enter the login name of the user that will automatically be logged into X by nodm. msgstr Inserire il nome dell'utente per il quale nodm eseguirà automaticamente l'accesso a X. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:4001 msgid Lowest numbered vt on which X may start: msgstr Numero inferiore del terminale virtuale a cui X può essere avviato: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:4001 msgid nodm needs to find a free virtual terminal on which to start the X server. msgstr nodm deve trovare un terminale virtuale libero da cui può avviare il server X. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:4001 msgid Since X and getty get to conflict, this parameter will specify the lowest numbered virtual terminal on which to start the search. msgstr Poiché X e getty vanno in conflitto, questo parametro specificherà il numero inferiore di terminale virtuale da cui iniziare la ricerca. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:4001 msgid This value should be set to one higher than the highest numbered virtual terminal on which a getty may start. msgstr Questo valore dovrebbe essere superiore al numero massimo di terminale virtuale in cui getty può essere avviato. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:5001 msgid Options for the X server: msgstr Opzioni per il server X: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:5001 msgid Please enter the options to pass to the X server when starting it. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:6001 msgid Minimum time (in seconds) for a session to be considered OK: msgstr Tempo minimo (in secondi) affinché una sessione venga considerata OK: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:6001 msgid If an X session will run for less than this time in seconds, nodm will wait an amount of time before restarting the session. The waiting time will grow until a session lasts longer than this amount. msgstr Se una sessione di X viene eseguita per meno di questo tempo minimo, nodm attenderà un certo lasso di tempo prima di riavviare la sessione. Tale tempo di attesa aumenterà finché una sessione non durerà più del tempo minimo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:7001 msgid X session to use: msgstr Sessione di X da utilizzare: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../nodm.templates:7001 msgid Please choose the name of the X session script to use with nodm. msgstr #~ msgid #~ Please enter the options to pass to the X server when starting the #~ session. These options will be used in the NODM_X_OPTIONS variable in the #~ command line used by nodm to start the X session: #~ msgstr #~ Inserire le opzioni da passare al server X quando la sessione viene #~ avviata. Queste opzioni verranno utilizzate nella variabile #~
ca-certificates 20110502+nmu2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ca-certificates
Hi,
A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on ca-certificates pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 17, 2011.
Thanks,
# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for ca-certificates
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ca-certificates package.
# Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2007.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: ca-certificates italian debconf templates\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca-certifica...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-02 19:31+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-28 20:50+0200\n
Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n
Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ca-certificates configuration
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid yes, no, ask
msgstr sì, no, chiedi
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid Trust new certificates from certificate authorities?
msgstr Fiducia ai certificati delle nuove autorità di certificazione?
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid
This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when
upgrading. You may want to check such new CA certificates and select only
certificates that you trust.
msgstr
L'aggiornamento di questo pacchetto potrebbe installare certificati di nuove
CA (Autorità di Certificazione). Si potrebbe voler esaminare i certificati
delle nuove CA e scegliere solo quelli fidati.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid
- yes: new CA certificates will be trusted and installed;\n
- no : new CA certificates will not be installed by default;\n
- ask: prompt for each new CA certificate.
msgstr
- sì: i certificati delle nuove CA sono fidati e installati;\n
- no: i certificati delle nuove CA non vengono installati;\n
- chiedi: per ogni certificato delle nuove CA viene chiesto cosa fare.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid New certificates to activate:
msgstr Nuovi certificati da attivare:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid
During upgrades, new certificates will be added. Please choose those you
trust.
msgstr
Con l'aggiornamento, vengono aggiunti dei nuovi certificati. Selezionare
quelli fidati.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Certificates to activate:
msgstr Certificati da attivare:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid
This package installs common CA (Certificate Authority) certificates in /usr/
share/ca-certificates.
msgstr
Questo pacchetto installa i certificati di note CA (Autorità di
Certificazione) in /usr/share/ca-certificates.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid
Please select the certificate authorities you trust so that their
certificates are installed into /etc/ssl/certs. They will be compiled into a
single /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt file.
msgstr
Selezionare le autorità di certificazione fidate così da installare i
relativi certificati in /etc/ssl/certs. Questi vengono compilati in un unico
file /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt.
#~ msgid ${new_crts}
#~ msgstr ${new_crts}
#~ msgid ${enable_crts}
#~ msgstr ${enable_crts}
kexec-tools 1:2.0.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package kexec-tools
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for kexec-tools. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, September 08, 2011. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF KEXEC-TOOLS' PO-DEBCONF FILE. # COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE KEXEC-TOOLS' COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the kexec-tools package. # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: kexec-tools\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: kexec-to...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-25 18:55+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-13 06:52+0200\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kexec-tools.templates:2001 msgid Should kexec-tools handle reboots? msgstr Si desidera che kexec-tools gestisca i riavvii? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kexec-tools.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| If you choose this option, a system reboot will trigger a restart into a #| kernel loaded by kexec instead of going through the full system #| bootloader process. msgid If you choose this option, a system reboot will trigger a restart into a kernel loaded by kexec instead of going through the full system boot loader process. msgstr Se si risponde affermativamente, il riavvio del sistema verrà effettuato utilizzando un kernel caricato da kexec anziché passare tramite l'intero processo di caricamento del sistema. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kexec-tools.templates:3001 msgid Read GRUB configuration file to load the kernel? msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../kexec-tools.templates:3001 msgid If you choose this option, kexec will read the GRUB configuration file to determine which kernel and options to load for kexec reboot, as opposed to what is in /etc/default/kexec. msgstr
cacti 0.8.7g-2.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package cacti
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on cacti pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, June 28, 2011. Thanks, # Italian debconf translation of cacti. # Copyright (C) 2002 Igor Genibel igeni...@debian.org # This file is distributed under the same license as the cacti package. # # Alessandro De Zorzi l...@nonlontano.it, 2009. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: cacti 0.8.7e\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ca...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-02-16 06:33+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-26 14:58+0100\n Last-Translator: Alessandro De Zorzi l...@nonlontano.it\n Language-Team: debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: \n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../cacti.templates:1001 msgid Apache2 msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../cacti.templates:1001 msgid None msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../cacti.templates:1002 msgid Webserver type msgstr Tipo di webserver #. Type: select #. Description #: ../cacti.templates:1002 msgid Please select the webserver type for which cacti should be automatically configured. msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../cacti.templates:1002 msgid Select \None\ if you would like to configure your webserver by hand. msgstr Selezionare \Nessuno\ se si desidera configurare il server web manualmente. #~ msgid Which kind of web server should be used by cacti? #~ msgstr Quale tipo di server web dovrebbe essere utilizzato da cacti? #~ msgid Apache, Apache-SSL, Apache2, All, None #~ msgstr Apache, Apache-SSL, Apache2, Tutti, Nessuno
Please update the PO translation of the ISO-3166 country list
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the translation for iso_3166. This translation domain is part of ico-codes, which is maintained mostly in the Debian Project. Some translation are managed by the Debian i18n translators (most of them, indeed), some others inside the Translation Project. After a few changes in the ISO-3166 standard, some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file: - if you're familiar with Debian, through Debian BTS - if you're familiar with the TP, through it - as last option, to pkg-isocodes-de...@lists.alioth.debian.org If nothing works for you, please use my private mail address (bubu...@debian.org) as last option. There is no strict deadline for this update as iso-codes is released every month. Thanks in advance, # Translation of ISO-3166 (country names) to Italian # Copyright (C) 2004-2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the iso-codes package. # Andrea Scialpi solo...@tiscalinet.it, 2001 # (translations from drakfw) # Alastair McKinstry mckins...@computer.org, 2001 # Danilo Piazzalunga danilopia...@libero.it, 2004 # Davide Viti zino...@tiscali.it, 2006 # # Milo Casagrande m...@casagrande.name, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: iso_3166\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Debian iso-codes team pkg-isocodes-devel@lists.alioth. debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-06-17 19:13+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-11 22:04+0100\n Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@casagrande.name\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. name for AFG msgid Afghanistan msgstr Afghanistan #. official_name for AFG msgid Islamic Republic of Afghanistan msgstr Repubblica islamica dell'Afghanistan #. name for ALA msgid Åland Islands msgstr Isole Åland #. name for ALB msgid Albania msgstr Albania #. official_name for ALB msgid Republic of Albania msgstr Repubblica d'Albania #. name for DZA msgid Algeria msgstr Algeria #. official_name for DZA msgid People's Democratic Republic of Algeria msgstr Repubblica algerina democratica e popolare #. name for ASM msgid American Samoa msgstr Samoa americane #. name for AND msgid Andorra msgstr Andorra #. official_name for AND msgid Principality of Andorra msgstr Principato d'Andorra #. name for AGO msgid Angola msgstr Angola #. official_name for AGO msgid Republic of Angola msgstr Repubblica d'Angola #. name for AIA msgid Anguilla msgstr Anguilla #. name for ATA msgid Antarctica msgstr Antartide #. name for ATG msgid Antigua and Barbuda msgstr Antigua e Barbuda #. name for ARG msgid Argentina msgstr Argentina #. official_name for ARG msgid Argentine Republic msgstr Repubblica argentina #. name for ARM msgid Armenia msgstr Armenia #. official_name for ARM msgid Republic of Armenia msgstr Repubblica d'Armenia #. name for ABW msgid Aruba msgstr Aruba #. name for AUS msgid Australia msgstr Australia #. name for AUT msgid Austria msgstr Austria #. official_name for AUT msgid Republic of Austria msgstr Repubblica d'Austria #. name for AZE msgid Azerbaijan msgstr Azerbaigian #. official_name for AZE msgid Republic of Azerbaijan msgstr Repubblica dell'Azerbaigian #. name for BHS msgid Bahamas msgstr Bahamas #. official_name for BHS msgid Commonwealth of the Bahamas msgstr Commonwealth delle Bahamas #. name for BHR msgid Bahrain msgstr Bahrein #. official_name for BHR msgid Kingdom of Bahrain msgstr Regno del Bahrein #. name for BGD msgid Bangladesh msgstr Bangladesh #. official_name for BGD msgid People's Republic of Bangladesh msgstr Repubblica popolare del Bangladesh # Nome esteso: Isola Barbados #. name for BRB msgid Barbados msgstr Barbados #. name for BLR msgid Belarus msgstr Bielorussia #. official_name for BLR msgid Republic of Belarus msgstr Repubblica di Bielorussia #. name for BEL msgid Belgium msgstr Belgio #. official_name for BEL msgid Kingdom of Belgium msgstr Regno del Belgio #. name for BLZ msgid Belize msgstr Belize #. name for BEN msgid Benin msgstr Benin #. official_name for BEN msgid Republic of Benin msgstr Repubblica del Benin #. name for BMU msgid Bermuda msgstr Bermuda #. name for BTN msgid Bhutan msgstr Bhutan #. official_name for BTN msgid Kingdom of Bhutan msgstr Regno del Bhutan #. name for BOL msgid Bolivia, Plurinational State of msgstr Bolivia, Stato Plurinazionale #. official_name for BOL msgid Plurinational State of Bolivia msgstr Stao Plurinazionale della Bolivia #. common_name for BOL msgid Bolivia msgstr Bolivia #. name for BES, official_name for BES msgid Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba msgstr Bonaire, Sint Eustatius e Saba #. name for BIH msgid Bosnia and Herzegovina msgstr Bosnia-Erzegovina #. official_name for BIH msgid Republic of Bosnia and Herzegovina msgstr
grub2 1.99-5: Please update debconf PO translation for the package grub2
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for grub2. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against grub2. There is no strong deadline for receiving the updated translation. The package will have several updates until wheezy is released but, well, the earlier the better! Thanks in advance, # Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for grub2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the grub2 package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2007-2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: grub2 1.98+20100804-10 italian debconf templates\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gr...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-27 13:33+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-12 20:02+0100\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 msgid Chainload from menu.lst? msgstr Effettuare il caricamento in cascata da menu.lst? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 msgid GRUB upgrade scripts have detected a GRUB Legacy setup in /boot/grub. msgstr Gli script di aggiornamento hanno rilevato una installazione di GRUB Legacy in /boot/grub. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 msgid In order to replace the Legacy version of GRUB in your system, it is recommended that /boot/grub/menu.lst is adjusted to load a GRUB 2 boot image from your existing GRUB Legacy setup. This step can be automatically performed now. msgstr Per sostituire la versione Legacy di GRUB sul proprio sistema si raccomanda di modificare il file /boot/grub/menu.lst in modo da caricare l'immagine di avvio di GRUB 2 dall'attuale installazione di GRUB Legacy. Questa modifica può essere effettuata automaticamente adesso. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 msgid It's recommended that you accept chainloading GRUB 2 from menu.lst, and verify that the new GRUB 2 setup works before it is written to the MBR (Master Boot Record). msgstr Si raccomanda di accettare il caricamento in cascata di GRUB 2 da menu.lst e di verificare che la nuova installazione di GRUB 2 funzioni prima di procedere con l'installazione diretta sul MBR (Master Boot Record). #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001 msgid Whatever your decision, you can replace the old MBR image with GRUB 2 later by issuing the following command as root: msgstr Qualsiasi sia la decisione, in seguito sarà possibile sostituire la vecchia immagine sul MBR con GRUB 2 eseguendo da root il seguente comando: #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001 msgid GRUB install devices: msgstr Installare GRUB sui device: #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 msgid The grub-pc package is being upgraded. This menu allows you to select which devices you'd like grub-install to be automatically run for, if any. msgstr È in corso l'aggiornamento del pacchetto grub-pc. Questo menu permette di scegliere su quali device, se specificati, si vuole eseguire automaticamente grub-install. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 msgid Running grub-install automatically is recommended in most situations, to prevent the installed GRUB core image from getting out of sync with GRUB modules or grub.cfg. msgstr Nella maggioranza dei casi si raccomanda l'esecuzione automatica di grub- install in modo da prevenire la perdita di sincronia dell'immagine principale di GRUB con i moduli di GRUB o con grub.cfg. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001 msgid If you're unsure which drive is designated as boot drive by your BIOS, it is often a good idea to install GRUB to all of them. msgstr Se non si è sicuri di quale sia il disco impostato come disco di avvio nel BIOS, è consigliabile installare GRUB su tutti i device. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../grub-pc.templates.in:3001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:4001 msgid Note: it is possible to install GRUB to partition boot records as well, and some appropriate partitions are offered here. However, this forces GRUB to use the blocklist mechanism, which makes it less reliable, and therefore is not recommended. msgstr Nota: è possibile installare GRUB anche nei boot record delle partizioni e qui sono elencate le partizioni più appropriate. Purtroppo questo obbliga GRUB a usare il meccanismo del \blocklist\, che lo rende meno affidabile e
samba 2:3.5.8~dfsg-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for samba. The English template has been changed, and now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. Two strings just got added to samba's debconf templates. These are indeed the titles of the templates and should be very easy to translate. I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against samba. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is roughly end of May but don't worry if you miss it. There will be many uploads until wheezy is out. Thanks in advance, # Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for samba # Copyright (C) 2004 Software in the Public Interest # This file is distributed under the same license as the samba package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2004-2009. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: samba 3.3.4 italian debconf templates\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sa...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-05-12 10:46+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-18 21:47+0200\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: title #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:1001 msgid Samba server and utilities msgstr #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:2001 msgid Modify smb.conf to use WINS settings from DHCP? msgstr Modificare smb.conf per usare le impostazioni WINS da DHCP? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:2001 msgid If your computer gets IP address information from a DHCP server on the network, the DHCP server may also provide information about WINS servers (\NetBIOS name servers\) present on the network. This requires a change to your smb.conf file so that DHCP-provided WINS settings will automatically be read from /etc/samba/dhcp.conf. msgstr Se il computer prende le informazioni sull'indirizzo IP da un server DHCP allora il server DHCP può fornire anche informazioni sui server WINS (i name server per NetBIOS) presenti nella rete. Ciò richiede una modifica al file smb.conf in modo che le impostazioni WINS, fornite da DHCP, siano lette automaticamente da /etc/samba/dhcp.conf. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:2001 msgid The dhcp3-client package must be installed to take advantage of this feature. msgstr Per usare questa funzionalità deve essere installato il pacchetto dhcp3- client. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:3001 msgid Configure smb.conf automatically? msgstr Configurare automaticamente smb.conf? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:3001 msgid The rest of the configuration of Samba deals with questions that affect parameters in /etc/samba/smb.conf, which is the file used to configure the Samba programs (nmbd and smbd). Your current smb.conf contains an \include \ line or an option that spans multiple lines, which could confuse the automated configuration process and require you to edit your smb.conf by hand to get it working again. msgstr Il resto della configurazione di Samba riguarda i parametri in /etc/samba/ smb.conf, il file usato per configurare i programmi di Samba (nmbd e smbd). L'attuale file smb.conf contiene una riga «include» o un'opzione che si estende su più righe; ciò potrebbe confondere il processo di configurazione automatica e richiede una modifica manuale a smb.conf per renderlo nuovamente funzionante. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:3001 msgid If you do not choose this option, you will have to handle any configuration changes yourself, and will not be able to take advantage of periodic configuration enhancements. msgstr Se si rifiuta, si dovrà gestire qualsiasi cambiamento nella configurazione da soli e non sarà possibile beneficiare dei periodici miglioramenti della configurazione. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:4001 msgid Workgroup/Domain Name: msgstr Nome del Workgroup/Dominio: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:4001 msgid Please specify the workgroup for this system. This setting controls which workgroup the system will appear in when used as a server, the default workgroup to be used when browsing with various frontends, and the domain name used with the \security=domain\ setting. msgstr Specificare il workgroup per questo sistema. Questa impostazione controlla in quale workgroup appare il sistema quando viene usato come server, il workgroup predefinito da usare nelle varie interfacce di navigazione e il nome del dominio quando è usato il parametro «security=domain». #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../samba-common.templates:5001 msgid Use password encryption? msgstr Usare password cifrate? #. Type: boolean #.
zope-common 0.5.50+nmu1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zope-common
Hi,
A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on zope-common pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Tuesday, April 19, 2011.
Thanks,
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: zope-common\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: pkg-zope-develop...@lists.alioth.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-23 08:07+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 HO:MI+ZONE\n
Last-Translator: Fabio Tranchitella kob...@kobold.it\n
Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid configuring
msgstr configurazione
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid end
msgstr alla fine
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid manually
msgstr manualmente
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid Automatic restart of Zope instances:
msgstr Riavvio automatico di instanze Zope:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid
Zope offers an extensible, modular structure that allows for the easy
addition of extra components (products) or features. These are provided as
packages with names that start with a 'zope-' prefix. Each Zope instance
needs to be restarted to use any new add-on.
msgstr
Zope ha una struttura estendibile e modulare che consente facilmente
l'aggiunta di componenti aggiuntivi (prodotti) o funzionalità. Ogni prodotto
o funzionalità è contenuto di solito in pacchetti il cui nome inizia con il
prefisso 'zope-'. Sfortunatamente, ogni istanza di Zope ha bisogno di essere
riavviata prima di poter utilizzare il nuovo componente. Qui è possibile
scegliere il comportamento predefinito delle istanze di tutte le versioni di
Zope installate quando Zope necessita di essere riavviato. Ogni istanza,
comunque, può sovrascrivere questa impostazione:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid
Please choose the default behavior of Zope instances when Zope needs to be
restarted:
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid
- configuring: restart instances after each product configuration;\n
- end: restart instances only once at the end of the whole\n
installation/upgrading process;\n
- manually:no automated restart.
msgstr
* configurazione: riavvia le istanze dopo la configurazione di ogni\n
prodotto.\n
* alla fine: riavvia le istanze una sola volta al termine del\n
processo di installazione o aggiornamento.\n
* manualmente:nessun riavvio, è responsabilità dell'amministratore\n
riavviare le istanze Zope.
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid abort
msgstr annulla
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid remove and continue
msgstr rimuovi e continua
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid Action on old/incomplete zope instance '${instance}':
msgstr Trovata una istanza zope '${instance}' vecchia o incompleta:
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid
An old/incomplete ${instance} instance was found in /var/lib/zope${zver}/
instance/${instance}, with no Data.fs file. This installation is either
incomplete or incompletely removed.
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid Choosing 'abort' will allow you to inspect the state of the instance.
msgstr
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid
Choosing 'remove and continue' will remove /var/lib/zope${zver}/instance/
${instance} and reinstall ${instance}. Existing log files in /var/log/zope
${zver}/${instance} and configuration files in /etc/zope${zver}/${instance}
will be preserved.
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Keep data for ${instance} on package purge?
msgstr
Salvataggio dei dati per l'istanza ${instance} dopo la rimozione del
pacchetto:
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid
Purging the data files of a Zope instance on package purge will result in
the loss of all data for that instance. These data files are stored in /var/
prey 0.4.4-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package prey
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for prey. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, March 28, 2011. Thanks, # Italian translation of the prey debconf template. # Copyright (C) 2010 Luca Ferretti lferr...@gnome.org # This file is distributed under the same license as the prey package. # Luca Ferretti lferr...@gnome.org, 2010. # Alessio Treglia ales...@debian.org, 2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: prey 0.4.4-1\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: p...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-14 07:06+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-01 09:16+0100\n Last-Translator: Alessio Treglia ales...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: Italian\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Frequency of reports and actions: msgid Frequency of Prey reports and actions (minutes): msgstr Frequenza dei report e delle azioni: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Number of minutes to wait before waking up Prey. Control Panel users can #| change this settings later on the web. msgid Please enter the time to wait before waking up Prey. Control Panel users can change this setting later through the web interface. msgstr Tempo, in minuti, da attendere prima di attivare Prey. Gli utenti che fanno uso del Control Panel possono cambiare questa impostazione via web in un secondo momento. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Modules: msgid Modules to enable: msgstr Moduli: #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid Prey has many optional modules; if enabled they will be triggered automatically if prey recognizes that the device is stolen. msgstr #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../templates:3001 msgid * alarm: plays a loud sound for 30 seconds;\n * alert: shows the thief a short message (and may change the\n wallpaper);\n * geo: attempts to geolocate the device by using its internal\n GPS or the nearest WiFi access points as reference;\n * lock:locks the device and asks for a password;\n * network: collects information about the Internet connection;\n * secure: deletes browser cookies and stored passwords;\n * session: takes a screenshot, collects information about modified\n files and running programs;\n * webcam: tries to take a picture using the webcam. msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid Configuration required msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid To finish configuring Prey, you need to edit \/etc/prey/config\ and choose its running mode. The options are: msgstr #. Type: note #. Description #: ../templates:4001 msgid * Control Panel: reports are sent to preyproject.com. Go to\n http://control.preyproject.com/signup and create\n an account, then set \apt_key\ and \device_key\\n appropriately in the configuration file.\n * Standalone:reports are sent directly to the owner at a\n specified mail or SSH (scp/sftp) server when\n activated via a trigger URL under your control. msgstr #~ msgid #~ Modules extend application functionality, there are two types of modules #~ available: Report and Actions modules. #~ msgstr #~ I moduli aggiungono funzionalità all'applicazione e sono disponibili due #~ tipi, Segnalazioni e Azioni. #~ msgid #~ * network: collect information about the Internet connection.\n #~ * session: take a screenshot, collect information about modified files #~ and running programs.\n #~ * webcam: try to take a picture using the webcam.\n #~ * geo: attempt lo geolocate the device by using its interal GPS or the #~ nearest WiFi access points as reference.\n #~ * alarm: play a loud sound for 30 seconds.\n #~ * alert: show the thier a short message and optionally change the #~ wallpaper.\n #~ * lock: lock the laptop from being used and ask for a password.\n #~ * secure: delete browser cookies and stored passwords. #~ msgstr #~ * network: colleziona informazioni sulla connessione a Internet.\n #~ * session: cattura una schermata e raccoglie informazioni sui file #~ modificati e i programmi in esecuzione.\n #~ * webcam: prova a scattare una fotografia utilizzando la webcam.\n #~ * geo: tenta di geolocalizzare il dispositivo utilizzando il GPS interno #~ o il più vicino punto d'accesso WiFi come riferimento.\n #~ * alarm: riproduce un suono ad alto volume per 30 secondi.\n #~ * alert: mostra al ladro un breve messaggio e,
tgif 1:4.2.2-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package tgif
Hi, A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on tgif pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, February 25, 2011. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF TGIF'S PO-DEBCONF FILE. # COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE TGIF'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the tgif package. # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: tgif\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: t...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2011-01-09 01:37+\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-19 16:54+0100\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../tgif.templates:2001 msgid A4 msgstr A4 #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../tgif.templates:2001 msgid Letter msgstr Letter #. Type: select #. Description #: ../tgif.templates:2002 msgid Paper size to be used: msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../tgif.templates:2002 msgid Please select the size of paper to be used by Tgif. This selection will be appended to the global Tgif initialization file. msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../tgif.templates:3001 msgid Centimeters msgstr #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../tgif.templates:3001 msgid Inches msgstr #. Type: select #. Description #: ../tgif.templates:3002 #, fuzzy #| msgid What units to use for the grid. msgid Units to use for the grid: msgstr Unità di misura da utilizzare per la griglia. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../tgif.templates:3002 msgid Please select the units to be used by Tgif when rendering the grid. This will also determine the scaling when the snap-to-grid option is enabled. msgstr #~ msgid What size of paper to use. #~ msgstr Dimensione della carta da utilizzare #~ msgid What size of paper should Tgif use? #~ msgstr Quale dimensione di carta dovrà essere utilizzata da Tgif? #~ msgid Metric #~ msgstr Metrica #~ msgid Imperial #~ msgstr Imperiale (anglosassone) #~ msgid #~ If you turn on the snap-to grid in Tgif, what units do you want it scaled #~ in? #~ msgstr #~ Se in Tgif viene abilitato l'adattamento alla griglia, a quale unità di #~ misura si desidera che venga effettuato l'adattamento? #~ msgid A4, Letter #~ msgstr A4, Letter #~ msgid Metric, Imperial #~ msgstr Metrica, Imperiale (anglosassone)
Needed update for console-setup debconf translations (for Debian Installer)
Dear translator and translation team, The console-setup package translation is normally included in so-called Debian Installer level 1 translations. However, it was recently discovered that some of its localizable material was unfortunately not included in strings to translate. Instead of reincluding it blindly (and then mess completely Debian Installer localization statistics very late in the release process), I decided to deal with these updates separately. Please update the attached translation as soon as possible (within the next week would be great). That will considerably improve the user experience in your language, particularly with the graphical installer. Please send translation updates preferrably as bug reports against the console-setup package. If you don't know how to do this, please send them to debian-b...@lists.debian.org...and if you're really in trouble, please send them to me directly. Translation teams, if the original translator (see the To: field of this mail) is unresponsive, please take the translation over as soon as possible. Many thanks in advance for your help. Please accept apologies for the very late notice and the pressure we're putting on you for this update to happen. # Italian messages for debian-installer. # Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Software in the Public Interest, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer. # The translation team (for all four levels): # Cristian Rigamonti c...@linux.it # Danilo Piazzalunga danilopia...@libero.it # Davide Meloni davide_mel...@fastwebnet.it # Davide Viti zino...@tiscali.it # Filippo Giunchedi fili...@esaurito.net # Giuseppe Sacco eppes...@debian.org # Lorenzo 'Maxxer' Milesi # Renato Gini # Ruggero Tonelli # Samuele Giovanni Tonon s...@linuxasylum.net # Stefano Canepa s...@linux.it # Stefano Melchior stefano.melch...@openlabs.it # # Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com, 2008, 2009, 2009, 2010. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: debian-installer\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: console-se...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-09 22:27+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-07 19:40+0200\n Last-Translator: Milo Casagrande m...@ubuntu.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: text #. Description #. :sl2: #: ../console-setup.templates:2001 msgid Do not change the boot/kernel font msgstr Non modificare il carattere di boot/kernel #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Arabic msgstr . Arabo #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Armenian msgstr # Armeno #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - KOI8-R and KOI8-U msgstr # Cirillico - KOI8-R e KOI8-U #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - non-Slavic languages msgstr # Cirillico - lingue non slave #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Cyrillic - Slavic languages (also Bosnian and Serbian Latin) msgstr # Cirillico - lingue slave (inclusi latino bosniaco e serbo) #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Ethiopic msgstr . Etiope #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Georgian msgstr # Georgiano #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Greek msgstr # Greco #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Hebrew msgstr # Ebraico #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Lao msgstr # Laotiano #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin1 and Latin5 - western Europe and Turkic languages msgstr # Latino1 e Latino5 - lingue europee occidentali e turco #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin2 - central Europe and Romanian msgstr # Latino2 - lingue centroeuropee e rumeno #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin3 and Latin8 - Chichewa; Esperanto; Irish; Maltese and Welsh msgstr # Latino3 e Latino8 - chichewa, esperanto, irlandese, maltese e gallese #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Latin7 - Lithuanian; Latvian; Maori and Marshallese msgstr # Latino7 - lituano, lettone, maori e marsciallese #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Latin - Vietnamese msgstr . Latino - vietnamita #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid # Thai msgstr # Thailandese #. Type: select #. Choices #. :sl3: #: ../console-setup.templates:3001 msgid . Combined - Latin; Slavic Cyrillic; Hebrew; basic Arabic msgstr . Combinato - latino, cirillico slavo, ebreo, arabo di base #. Type:
(forw) Bug#602518: [INTL:it] Wrong translation of however.
Any advice about this? - Forwarded message from Pietro Battiston m...@pietrobattiston.it - Date: Fri, 05 Nov 2010 16:48:22 +0100 From: Pietro Battiston m...@pietrobattiston.it To: sub...@bugs.debian.org Subject: Bug#602518: [INTL:it] Wrong translation of however. Reply-To: Pietro Battiston m...@pietrobattiston.it, 602...@bugs.debian.org X-Mailer: Evolution 2.30.3 X-Mailing-List: debian-dpkg-b...@lists.debian.org archive/latest/12081 X-CRM114-Status: Good ( pR: 31.1814 ) Package: dpkg Version: 1.15.8.5 In po/it.po at line 3469, I find msgid ; however:\n msgstr ; comunque:\n This is _wrong_, and makes the message not understandable (unless you already know what's going on). Possible valid translations are , ma:\n (my favourite) , però:\n or ; tuttavia;\n (which is more literal but also more ambiguous). This bug is present since years: I've asked one of the two translator to fix it once in 2008 and once in 2009, and he agreed on the diagnosis, but never fixed it. Pietro - End forwarded message - -- signature.asc Description: Digital signature
fwlogwatch 1.2-1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package fwlogwatch
Hi, You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for fwlogwatch. Last upload introduced 3 fuzzy strings for cosmetic changes in English strings. Now some messages are marked fuzzy in your translation or are missing. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against fwlogwatch. The deadline is short, but the fix is very easy (I fixed French in 10 seconds...with no real review as it was unneeded). The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thu, 28 Oct 2010 08:19:27 +0200. Thanks in advance, # Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for fwlogwatch # Copyright (C) 2007 Software in the Public Interest # This file is distributed under the same license as the fwlogwatch package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2007. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: fwlogwatch italian debconf templates\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: fwlogwa...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-21 16:37+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-01 15:19+0200\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:1001 msgid Would you like fwlogwatch as a daemon (realtime mode)? msgstr Si vuole fwlogwatch come demode (modalità in tempo reale)? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:1001 msgid Running fwlogwatch as a daemon will let fwlogwatch act (i.e. adding new firewall rules) against active 'attacks', or warn you (i.e. sending email) about them. It could also run a web server to access fwlogwatch's current status. msgstr L'uso di fwlogwatch come demone consente a fwlogwatch di reagire contro gli attacchi (per esempio aggiungendo delle nuove regole) oppure di segnalarli (inviando email). Inoltre può anche fare da web server, questo permette di accedere allo stato attuale di fwlogwatch. #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2001 ../fwlogwatch.templates:3001 msgid no msgstr no #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2001 msgid yes (iptables) msgstr sì (iptables) #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2001 msgid yes (ipchains) msgstr sì (ipchains) #. Type: select #. Choices #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2001 ../fwlogwatch.templates:3001 msgid yes (other) msgstr sì (altro) #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2002 msgid Add new firewall rules (or take another action) in case of alert? msgstr Aggiungere nuove regole al firewall (o prendere altre contromisure) in caso d'allarme? #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2002 msgid Don't use this option unless you know what you're doing. Doing so could expose your system to a Denial of Service attack. i.e. spoofed packets could be made to look like coming from your DNS. Adding a rule to block packets from your DNS won't be good ;-) msgstr Non usare questa opzione se non si conosce esattamente ciò che si sta facendo, infatti si rischia di esporre il proprio sistema a attacchi di tipo \Denial of Service\. Per esempio, i pacchetti ritoccati potrebbero apparire come provenienti dal proprio DNS però aggiungere una regola che blocca i pacchetti dal DNS non è consigliabile ;-) #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:2002 msgid In case of choosing 'other', you'll have to edit '/etc/fwlogwatch/ fwlw_respond' to meet your requirements. msgstr Rispondendo \altro\ è necessario modificare \/etc/fwlogwatch/fwlw_respond \ in modo da adattarlo alle proprie necessità. #. Type: select #. Choices #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:3001 msgid yes (mail) msgstr sì (mail) #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:3002 msgid Send alerts by mail or other ways? msgstr Inviare avvisi via email o in altri modi? #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:3002 msgid This option will make fwlogwatch send you alerts by email or other ways. You may wish to adjust 'alert_threshold' in '/etc/fwlogwatch/fwlogwatch.config' to avoid getting too many warnings. msgstr Questa opzione permette a fwlogwatch di inviare allarmi via email o in altri modi. Per evitare l'invio di troppi avvisi si può modificare il valore di \alert_threshold\ in \/etc/fwlogwatch/fwlogwatch.config\. #. Type: select #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:3002 msgid In case of choosing 'other', you'll have to edit '/etc/fwlogwatch/ fwlw_notify' to meet your requirements. msgstr Rispondendo \altro\ è necessario modificare \/etc/fwlogwatch/fwlw_notify \ in modo da adattarlo alle proprie necessità. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:4001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Email address to send the alerts to. msgid Email address to send the alerts to: msgstr Indirzzo email a cui inviare gli avvisi. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../fwlogwatch.templates:5001
pam 1.1.1-6.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package pam
Hi,
A non-maintainer upload (NMU) will happen on pam pretty soon, in
order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new
or updated translations).
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Monday, October 18, 2010.
Thanks,
# Debconf questions for the Linux-PAM package.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Steve Langasek vor...@debian.org
# This file is distributed under the same license as the pam package.
# David Paleino d.pale...@gmail.com, 2008.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: pam 0.99.7.1-5\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: p...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-18 18:30-0700\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-01 02:41+0100\n
Last-Translator: David Paleino d.pale...@gmail.com\n
Language-Team: LANGUAGE l...@li.org\n
Language: \n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:1001
msgid Services to restart for PAM library upgrade:
msgstr Servizi da riavviare per l'aggiornamento della libreria PAM:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:1001
msgid
Most services that use PAM need to be restarted to use modules built for
this new version of libpam. Please review the following space-separated
list of init.d scripts for services to be restarted now, and correct it if
needed.
msgstr
Molti servizi che usano PAM hanno bisogno di essere riavviati per utilizzare
i moduli compilati per questa nuova versione di libpam. Per favore,
controllare la seguente lista, separata da spazi, di script di init.d per i
servizi da riavviare, e correggere se necessario.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:2001
msgid Display manager must be restarted manually
msgstr Il Display Manager deve essere riavviato manualmente
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:2001
msgid
The kdm, wdm, and xdm display managers require a restart for the new version
of libpam, but there are X login sessions active on your system that would
be terminated by this restart. You will therefore need to restart these
services by hand before further X logins will be possible.
msgstr
I display manager kdm, wdm e xdm richiedono un riavvia per la nuova versione
di libpam, ma ci sono sessioni di login X attive sul sistema che verrebbero
terminate da questo riavvio. Bisognerà riavviare questi servizi manualmente
prima che qualunque altro login X sia possibile.
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid Failure restarting some services for PAM upgrade
msgstr Fallito riavvio di alcuni servizi per l'aggiornamento di PAM
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid
The following services could not be restarted for the PAM library upgrade:
msgstr
I seguenti servizi non sono stati riavviati per l'aggiornamento della
libreria PAM:
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam0g.templates:3001
msgid
You will need to start these manually by running '/etc/init.d/service
start'.
msgstr
Bisognerà avviarli manualmente eseguendo '/etc/init.d/servizio start'.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001
msgid PAM profiles to enable:
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001
msgid
Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) determine how authentication,
authorization, and password changing are handled on the system, as well as
allowing configuration of additional actions to take when starting user
sessions.
msgstr
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:1001
msgid
Some PAM module packages provide profiles that can be used to automatically
adjust the behavior of all PAM-using applications on the system. Please
indicate which of these behaviors you wish to enable.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid Incompatible PAM profiles selected.
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. This paragraph is followed by a (currently) non-translatable list of
#. PAM profile names.
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid The following PAM profiles cannot be used together:
msgstr
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:2001
msgid Please select a different set of modules to enable.
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:3001
msgid Override local changes to /etc/pam.d/common-*?
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../libpam-runtime.templates:3001
msgid
One or more of the files /etc/pam.d/common-{auth,account,password,session}
have been locally modified. Please indicate whether these local changes
should be overridden using the system-provided configuration. If you
decline this option, you will need to manage your system's authentication
qmail 1.03-49: Please update debconf PO translation for the package qmail
Hi, A maintainer upload will happen on qmail pretty soon, in order to fix some pending bugs related to localization (most often new or updated translations). A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, September 18, 2010. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF QMAIL'S PO-DEBCONF FILE. # COPYRIGHT (C) 2010 THE QMAIL'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the qmail package. # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2010. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: qmail 1.03-49\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: qm...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-06-10 00:47-0400\n PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-10 07:54+0200\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n Language: it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Notice for qmail users msgid Notice for Qmail users msgstr Informazione per gli utenti di Qmail #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:2001 msgid Before making any changes to Qmail configuration, please read /usr/share/doc/ qmail/README.Debian.gz. This file includes a description of the differences between Qmail in Debian, Qmail in other systems, and other mail transfer agents. msgstr Leggere la documentazione in «/usr/share/doc/qmail/README.Debian.gz» prima di apportare qualsiasi modifica alla configurazione di Qmail. Questo file include una descrizione delle differenze fra Qmail in Debian, Qmail in altri sistemi e altri MTA (mail transfer agent). #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:2001 msgid If you were using a more conventional MTA previously, you will also want to read the \qmail-upgrade\ manpage, which details user-visible differences between Sendmail and Qmail. msgstr Se in precedenza si utilizzava un MTA più convenzionale sarà utile leggere anche il manuale «qmail-upgrade», il quale descrive le differenze visibili agli utenti fra Sendmail e Qmail. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:2001 msgid If you are new to Qmail, you will want to at least peruse the Qmail FAQ, which can be found in /usr/share/doc/qmail. msgstr Se si è nuovi in Qmail sarà utile quantomeno esaminare le FAQ di Qmail, che sono disponibili in «/usr/share/doc/qmail». #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:3001 msgid Start Qmail now? msgstr Avviare Qmail adesso? #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:4001 msgid Qmail will be started at the next reboot msgstr Qmail verrà eseguito al prossimo riavvio #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:4001 msgid You chose not to start Qmail now. It will be started automatically at next reboot. msgstr Si è scelto di non avviare Qmail adesso. Qmail verrà eseguito automaticamente al prossimo riavvio. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:4001 msgid You can also start it manually with \/etc/init.d/qmail start\ (as root) at a shell prompt. msgstr È anche possibile avviarlo manualmente, eseguendo (come root) «/etc/init.d/ qmail start» dalla riga di comando. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:5001 msgid Remove Qmail users during a purge? msgstr Rimuovere gli utenti di Qmail durante una rimozione completa? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:5001 msgid Please choose whether you want users created by the qmail package to be removed when this package is purged. msgstr Scegliere se si desidera che gli utenti creati dal pacchetto Qmail vengano rimossi quando il pacchetto viene rimosso completamente. #. Type: error #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:6001 msgid Changes for virtual users msgstr Modifiche per gli utenti virtuali #. Type: error #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:6001 msgid recipientmap is gone from Qmail 1.03. The virtualdomains mechanism has been expanded to support virtual users. This machine's setup needs to be fixed. msgstr Recipientmap è stato rimosso da Qmail 1.03. Il meccanismo «virtualdomains» è stato espanso per supportare gli utenti virtuali. L'impostazione di questa macchina deve essere corretta. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:7001 msgid qlist utility discontinued msgstr Utility «qlist» dismessa #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:7001 msgid The qlist utility was split out into a separate tarball by the upstream developer in Qmail 1.02. msgstr La utility «qlist» è stata suddivisa in 2 tarball separati dallo sviluppatore upstream a partire da Qmail 1.02. #. Type: note #. Description #: ../qmail.templates:7001 msgid This utility has not been packaged as it can be replaced by ezmlm. It can however be downloaded from
grub2 1.98+20100710-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package grub2
Hi,
You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
grub2.
GRUB 2 package templates are likely to be important ones for Squeeze because
of issues related to upgrading from GRUB legacy.
Indeed, they're important enough for being counted as part of D-I level 2
even though not strictly related to D-I.
I issue this specific call for translaiton updates because technical issues
prevent
us from including grub2 package debconf statistics in the standard D-I
statistics and pages.
I would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug
against grub2. PLEASE AVOID SENDING IT DIRECTLY TO ME.
There is no strict deadline for receiving the updated translation.
Thanks in advance,
# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for grub2
# This file is distributed under the same license as the grub2 package.
# Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2007-2009.
#
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: grub2 1.96+20090829-2 italian debconf templates\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: gr...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2010-07-02 12:55+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-04 10:37+0200\n
Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n
Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n
Language: it\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid Chainload from menu.lst?
msgstr Effettuare il caricamento in cascata da menu.lst?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid GRUB upgrade scripts have detected a GRUB Legacy setup in /boot/grub.
msgstr
Gli script di aggiornamento hanno rilevato una configurazione del vecchio
GRUB in /boot/grub.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid
In order to replace the Legacy version of GRUB in your system, it is
recommended that /boot/grub/menu.lst is adjusted to chainload GRUB 2 from
your existing GRUB Legacy setup. This step may be automaticaly performed
now.
msgstr
Per sostituire la vecchia versione di GRUB sul proprio sistema, si
raccomanda di correggere il file /boot/grub/menu.lst in modo da caricare
GRUB 2 in cascata dalla versione di GRUB esistente. Questa modifica può
essere effettuata automaticamente adesso.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid
It's recommended that you accept chainloading GRUB 2 from menu.lst, and
verify that your new GRUB 2 setup is functional for you, before you install
it directly to your MBR (Master Boot Record).
msgstr
Si raccomanda di accettare il caricamento in cascata di GRUB 2 da menu.lst e
di verificare che la nuova configurazione di GRUB 2 sia adatta alle proprie
necessità prima di procedere con l'installazione diretta sul MBR (Master
Boot Record).
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:2001
msgid
In either case, whenever you want GRUB 2 to be loaded directly from MBR, you
can do so by issuing (as root) the following command:
msgstr
In ogni caso, per caricare GRUB 2 direttamente dal MBR, è necessario
eseguire (da root) il seguente comando:
#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Disk sizes are in decimal megabytes, to match how disk manufacturers
#. usually describe them.
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:5001
msgid ${DEVICE} (${SIZE} MB, ${MODEL})
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:7001
msgid GRUB installation failed. Continue?
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:7001 ../grub-pc.templates.in:8001
msgid GRUB failed to install to the following devices:
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:7001
msgid
Do you want to continue anyway? If you do, your computer may not start up
properly.
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:8001
msgid GRUB installation failed. Try again?
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:8001
msgid
You may be able to install GRUB to some other device, although you should
check that your system will boot from that device. Otherwise, the upgrade
from GRUB Legacy will be cancelled.
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:9001
msgid Continue without installing GRUB?
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../grub-pc.templates.in:9001
msgid
You chose not to install GRUB to any devices. If you continue, the boot
loader may not be properly configured, and when your computer next starts up
it will use whatever was previously in the boot sector. If there is an
earlier version of GRUB 2 in the boot sector, it may be unable to load
modules or handle the current configuration file.
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#:
icinga 1.0.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package icinga
Hi, The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for icinga. This process has resulted in changes that may make your existing translation incomplete. A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all translations. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, May 20, 2010. Thanks, # Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for icinga # Copyright (C) 2008 Software in the Public Interest # This file is distributed under the same license as the icinga package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2008. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: icinga 3.0.3\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ici...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-05-06 08:46+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-15 21:02+0100\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Apache servers to configure for icinga: msgid Apache servers to configure for icinga: msgstr Server Apache da configurare per icinga: #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Please select which apache servers should be configured for icinga. msgid Please select which Apache servers should be configured for icinga. msgstr Selezionare quali server Apache devono essere configurati per icinga. #. Type: multiselect #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:2001 msgid If you would prefer to perform configuration manually, leave all servers unselected. msgstr Per effettuare una configurazione manuale, lasciare tutti i server non selezionati. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid Nagios web administration password: msgid Icinga web administration password: msgstr Password per l'amministrazione di nagios da web: #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| Please provide the password to be created with the \nagiosadmin\ user. msgid Please provide the password to be created with the \icingaadmin\ user. msgstr Inserire la password da associare all'utente \nagiosadmin\. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:3001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| This is the username and password you will use to log in to your nagios #| installation after configuration is complete. If you do not provide a #| password, you will have to configure access to nagios yourself. msgid This is the username and password to use when connecting to the Icinga server after completing the configuration. If you do not provide a password, you will have to configure access to Icinga manually later on. msgstr Al termine della configurazione è necessario usare questo nome utente e questa password per accedere alla propria installazione di nagios. Se non si inserisce una password, si dovrà configurare da soli l'accesso a nagios. #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001 msgid Re-enter password to verify: msgstr #. Type: password #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:4001 msgid Please enter the same user password again to verify you have typed it correctly. msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001 msgid Password input error msgstr #. Type: error #. Description #: ../icinga-cgi.templates:5001 msgid The two passwords you entered were not the same. Please try again. msgstr #~ msgid Password confirmation: #~ msgstr Conferma della password: #~ msgid The passwords do not match #~ msgstr Le password non coincidono #, fuzzy #~| msgid Enable support for nagios 1.x links in icinga? #~ msgid Enable support for nagios 1.x links in nagios3? #~ msgstr Attivare il supporto per i collegamenti di nagios 1.x in icinga? #, fuzzy #~| msgid #~| Please choose whether the Apache configuration for icinga should provide #~| compatibility with links from nagios 1.x. #~ msgid #~ Please choose whether the Apache configuration for nagios3 should provide #~ compatibility with links from nagios 1.x. #~ msgstr #~ Scegliere se la configurazione di Apache per icinga deve fornire anche la #~ compatibilità con i collegamenti di nagios 1.x. #~ msgid #~ If you select this option, the apache configuration used for nagios will #~ include directives to support URLs from nagios 1.x. You should not choose #~ this option if you still have nagios 1.x on your system, or unpredictable #~ results may occur. #~ msgstr #~ Se si accetta, la configurazione di apache per nagios includerà anche le #~ direttive per il supporto delle URL di nagios 1.x. Non si deve accettare #~ se sul proprio sistema è ancora installato nagios 1.x, altrimenti i #~ risultati saranno imprevedibili.
xmail 1.25-4.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xmail
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on xmail pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, May 08, 2010. Thanks, # #Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext #documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to #this format, e.g. by running: # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' # #Some information specific to po-debconf are available at #/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans # or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans # #Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: xmail 1.18\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: r...@debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-16 16:40+0300\n PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-06 16:34+0100\n Last-Translator: Francesco Paolo Lovergine fran...@debian.org\n Language-Team: Italian Translation Team debian-i18n.ital...@lists.debian. org\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-15\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid Default Local Domain Name: msgstr Nome del dominio locale di default ? #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:1001 #, fuzzy msgid Xmail server has a sendmail replacement that is mostly used by system programs and daemons to send mail containing their output or results. msgstr Il server Xmail ha un sostituto di sendmail che è usato principalmente da programmi di sistemi e demoni per inviare mail che contengono i loro output o risultati. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:1001 msgid Historically, those programs use a user name (usually root) that is not followed by a domain. msgstr Storicamente, tali programmi usano un nome utente (in genere root) che non è seguito da un dominio. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:1001 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid Xmail server is a 100% RFC compliant server that does not allow \default\ domains. Its users are completely virtual and separated from the system users. msgstr Xmail server è un server totalmente fedele allo standard RFC che non consente domini impliciti. I suoi utentisono completamente virtuali e separati dagli utenti di sistema. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:1001 msgid You must have at least one valid domain and one valid user created to receive mail from those programs. msgstr Devi avere almeno un dominio valido e un utente valido creato per ricevere le mail di quei programmi. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:2001 #, fuzzy msgid User that will receive the system mail: msgstr Quale utente vuoi che riceva le mail di sistema? #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:2001 msgid The RFC and best practice instructions for setting a mail server require having at least valid root, postmaster, and abuse addresses. Historically, it was usually the root user that received that mail in addition to other system-related mail, e.g., from cron daemons and log watchers. msgstr RFC e la pratica nella configurazione di un server di posta richiedono che si abbia almeno degli indirizzi validi per root, postmaster a abuse. Storicamente, è almeno l'utente root che riceve questi mail insieme ai maildi sistema, per esempio demoni cron e controllori d log file. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:2001 msgid You may now choose user other than root to receive those messages if you wish to do so. msgstr Puoi ora scegliere un utente diverso da root per ricevere questi messaggi se vuoi farlo. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:3001 #, fuzzy msgid User Password: msgstr Password dell'utente? #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:3001 msgid Please enter a password for that user. You will need this when you log in to the POP3 or IMAP server. msgstr Inserisci una password per l'utente. Sarà necessaria per accedere al server POP3 o IMAP: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:4001 msgid Forward to email address: msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:4001 msgid Optionally you can choose to forward the postmaster's mails to another mailbox. msgstr #. Type: string #. Description #: ../xmail.templates:4001 msgid This change will not take effect if you already have a redirect in place. msgstr
xsp 2.4.3-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package xsp
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on xsp pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, April 15, 2010. Thanks, # ITALIAN TRANSLATION OF XSP'S PO-DEBCONF FILE # Copyright (C) 2008 XSP'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the XSP package. # # # Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com, 2008, 2009. msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: XSP\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: x...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-04-04 19:34+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-13 12:38+0100\n Last-Translator: Vincenzo Campanella vin...@gmail.com\n Language-Team: Italian t...@lists.linux.it\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server1.templates:1001 msgid Let mono-apache-server restart Apache? msgstr Lasciare che mono-apache-server riavvii Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server1.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update #| script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET #| applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new #| configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is #| true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts. #| conf file. msgid The Debian version of mono-apache-server includes a mono-server-update script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET applications, and mono-server-update can restart apache if there's a new configuration file (/etc/mono-server/mono-server-hosts.conf). If this is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server-hosts. conf file. msgstr La versione Debian di mono-apache-server include uno script di aggiornamento, \mono-server-update\, che crea un file di configurazione per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione (/etc/mono-server/mono-server- hosts.conf). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione mono-server-hosts.conf. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001 msgid Let mono-apache-server2 restart Apache? msgstr Lasciare che mono-apache-server2 riavvii Apache? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-apache-server2.templates:1001 #, fuzzy #| msgid #| The debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update #| script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET #| applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new #| configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this #| is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server- #| hosts.conf file. msgid The Debian version of mono-apache-server2 includes a mono-server2-update script that creates a configuration file for apache to start the ASP.NET applications, and mono-server2-update can restart apache if there's a new configuration file (/etc/mono-server2/mono-server2-hosts.conf). If this is true, then apache will be restarted when there is a new mono-server2-hosts. conf file. msgstr La versione Debian di mono-apache-server2 include uno script di aggiornamento, \mono-server2-update\, che crea un file di configurazione per Apache per fargli avviare le applicazioni ASP.NET e che può riavviare Apache se c'è un nuovo file di configurazione (/etc/mono-server2/mono- server2-hosts.conf). Se questa opzione è confermata, Apache sarà riavviato non appena c'è un nuovo file di configurazione mono-server-hosts.conf. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:1001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:1001 msgid Start on boot? msgstr Lanciare il programma all'avvio del sistema? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:1001 msgid If this is true, then XSP will automatically start when the computer is turned on. msgstr Se questa opzione è confermata, XSP si avvierà automaticamente all'accensione del computer. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:2001 ../mono-xsp2.templates:2001 msgid Bind to address: msgstr Legarsi all'indirizzo: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../mono-xsp1.templates:2001 msgid To function properly, XSP needs to be bound to an IP address. The default (\0.0.0.0\) binds to all addresses of the server, but a specific port can be selected. To use XSP only locally, use \127.0.0.1\ for the address. msgstr Per poter funzionare correttamente, XSP deve legarsi ad un indirizzo IP. Il valore predefinito (\0.0.0.0\) si lega a tutti gli indirizzi del server, ma si può selezionare una porta specifica. Per usare XSP solo
pppconfig 2.3.18+nmu1: Please update the PO translation for the package pppconfig
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on pppconfig pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. (there are many translations for this package as it was listed in D-I statistics in the past) The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, April 11, 2010. Thanks, # pppconfig 2.0.9 messages.po # Copyright John Hasler j...@dhh.gt.org # You may treat this document as if it were in the public domain. # Translated into italian da Stefano Canepa s...@linux.it, 2004. # # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: 2.0.9\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-04-05 09:35+0200\n PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-02 17:56+0200\n Last-Translator: Stefano Canepa s...@linux.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #: ../pppconfig:69 msgid \GNU/Linux PPP Configuration Utility\ msgstr \Utilità di configurazione di GNU/Linux PPP\ #: ../pppconfig:128 #, fuzzy msgid No UI\n msgstr Nessuna UI #: ../pppconfig:131 msgid You must be root to run this program.\n msgstr Bisogna essere root per eseguire questo programma.\n #: ../pppconfig:132 ../pppconfig:133 #, c-format msgid %s does not exist.\n msgstr %s non esiste.\n #: ../pppconfig:161 msgid Can't close WTR in parent: msgstr Impossibile chiudere WTR nel padre: #: ../pppconfig:167 msgid Can't close RDR in parent: msgstr Impossibile chiudere RDR nel padre: #: ../pppconfig:171 msgid cannot fork: msgstr impossibile fare fork di: #: ../pppconfig:172 msgid Can't close RDR in child: msgstr Impossibile chiudere RDR nel figlio: #: ../pppconfig:173 msgid Can't redirect stderr: msgstr Impossibile ridirigere stderr: #: ../pppconfig:174 msgid Exec failed: msgstr Exec fallita: #: ../pppconfig:178 msgid Internal error: msgstr Errore interno: #: ../pppconfig:255 msgid Create a connection msgstr Creare una connessione #: ../pppconfig:259 #, c-format msgid Change the connection named %s msgstr Modificare la connessione di nome %s #: ../pppconfig:262 #, c-format msgid Create a connection named %s msgstr Creare una connessione di nome %s #: ../pppconfig:270 #, fuzzy msgid This is the PPP configuration utility. It does not connect to your isp: just configures ppp so that you can do so with a utility such as pon. It will ask for the username, password, and phone number that your ISP gave you. If your ISP uses PAP or CHAP, that is all you need. If you must use a chat script, you will need to know how your ISP prompts for your username and password. If you do not know what your ISP uses, try PAP. Use the up and down arrow keys to move around the menus. Hit ENTER to select an item. Use the TAB key to move from the menu to OK to CANCEL and back. To move on to the next menu go to OK and hit ENTER. To go back to the previous menu go to CANCEL and hit enter. msgstr Questa è solo l'utilità di configurazione del PPP. Non vi connette al vostro: \n configura solamente ppp così che ci si possa collegare con un'utilità come pon.\n Sarà richiesto di inserire lo username, la password e il numero che l'ISP ha\n fornito. Se l'ISP usa PAP o CHAP è tutto quello di cui si ha bisogno. Se si \n deve usare uno script di connessione sarà necessario richiedere all'ISP come \n questi chiede la login e la password. Se non si sa cosa usa l'ISP allora si \n provi con PAP. Si usino i tasti freccia in su e in giù per muoversi nei menù. \n Si prema INVIO per selezionare una voce. Si usi il tasto tabulatore per muoversi \n tra i menù, OK, ANNULLA e indietro. Quando si è pronti per muoversi al \n prossimo menù si vada su OK e si prema INVIO. Per tornare indietro al \n menù principale si vada su ANNULLA e si prema INVIO. #: ../pppconfig:271 msgid Main Menu msgstr Menù principale #: ../pppconfig:273 msgid Change a connection msgstr Modificare una connessione #: ../pppconfig:274 msgid Delete a connection msgstr Cancellare una connessione #: ../pppconfig:275 msgid Finish and save files msgstr Terminare e salvare i file #: ../pppconfig:283 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid Please select the authentication method for this connection. PAP is the method most often used in Windows 95, so if your ISP supports the NT or Win95 dial up client, try PAP. The method is now set to %s. msgstr \n Selezionare un metodo di autenticazione per questa connessione. PAP è il\n metodo usato più di frequente in Windows 95, quindi se l'ISP supporta il\n client di connessione di NT o Windows 95, si provi PAP: il metodo sarà impostato in %s. #: ../pppconfig:284 #, c-format msgid Authentication Method for %s msgstr Metodo di autenticazione per %s #: ../pppconfig:285 msgid Peer Authentication Protocol msgstr Peer Authentication Protocol #: ../pppconfig:286 msgid Use \chat\ for login:/password: authentication msgstr
rancid 2.3.2-1.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package rancid
Hi,
A l10n NMU will happen on rancid pretty soon.
A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators
a chance to get their translations in for that package.
Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.
The deadline for receiving the updated translation is
Wednesday, March 17, 2010.
Thanks,
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid
msgstr
Project-Id-Version: Rancid 2.3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ran...@packages.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-15 21:21+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-28 18:30+0200\n
Last-Translator: Samuele Giovanni Tonon s...@debian.org\n
Language-Team: Italiano i...@li.org\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:1001
msgid Note
msgstr Attenzione !!
#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid
Rancid debian package is still in an alpha stage. If you find problems
first check all the docs and then report them as bugs as soon as possible.
Currently it doesn't have any installation script to help you configuring
it, look at the examples directory under /usr/share/doc/rancid to look for
some example for your configuration.
msgstr
Il pacchetto debian di rancid e' ancora in fase alfa, se trovate problemi
controllate prima nella documentazione e poi riportateli come bug il piu'
velocemente possibile. Attualmente non ha alcun script di installazione per
aiutare la configurazione, tuttavia sono disponibili alcuni esempi nella
directory examples in /usr/share/doc/rancid-{core|util|cgi}/examples
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:2001
msgid Really continue?
msgstr
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../rancid.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid
Please check, whether you made a backup copy of your rancid data. If it's
your first installation of rancid accept here, otherwise decline, perform
the backup and then run \dpkg-reconfigure rancid\
msgstr
E' stata fatta una copia di backup dei dati di rancid ? Se questa e' la
vostra prima installazione di rancid potete rispondere tranquillamente 'Si',
altrimenti scegliete 'No', procedete al backup, e poi eseguite 'dpkg-
reconfigure -plow rancid' per tornare a questo menu
#~ msgid Dangerous upgrade
#~ msgstr Upgrade pericoloso
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid
#~ This newer version of Rancid has some newer features which could lead to
#~ loss of all your precedent configuration and data. It is STRONGLY
#~ RECOMMEND that you first make a BACKUP of the ~rancid directory before
#~ performing this upgrade, and then you should check /usr/share/doc/rancid
#~ directory for information on what has been changed.
#~ msgstr
#~ Questa nuova versione di Rancid ha alcune nuove feature che potrebbero
#~ portarvi a perdere i vecchi dati e le vecchie configurazioni. Si
#~ RACCOMANDA FORTEMENTE di fare un BACKUP della directory di rancid prima
#~ di aggiornare il pacchetto e quindi di controllare la directory di
#~ documentazione per vedere che cosa e' cambiato effettivamente
#~ msgid Let's go!
#~ msgstr Avanti Tutta!
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid
#~ This package provides you a simple tracker to download and build latest
#~ Rancid debian source packages for non x86 arch users. Read /usr/share/
#~ doc/rancid-installer/README.rancid-installer for instruction on compiling
#~ and installing it.
#~ msgstr
#~ Questo pacchetto fornisce una semplice notifica per scaricare gli ultimi
#~ sorgenti rancid per debian disponibili per utenti di architetture
#~ differenti da X86. Leggere /usr/share/doc/rancid-installe/README.rancid-
#~ installer per istruzioni sulla compilazione e installazione
distcc 3.1-3.1: Please update debconf PO translation for the package distcc
Hi, A l10n NMU will happen on distcc pretty soon. A round of translation updates is being launched to give all translators a chance to get their translations in for that package. Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package. The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, March 17, 2010. Thanks, # Italian translation of distcc. # COPYRIGHT (C) 2009 THE DISTCC'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the distcc package. # Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it, 2009. # msgid msgstr Project-Id-Version: distcc 3.1 italian debconf templates\n Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: dis...@packages.debian.org\n POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-05 23:23+0100\n PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-26 17:06+0200\n Last-Translator: Luca Monducci luca...@tiscali.it\n Language-Team: Italian debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org\n MIME-Version: 1.0\n Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid Start the distcc daemon on startup? msgstr Avviare il demone distcc all'avvio del sistema? #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid distcc can be run as a daemon, listening on port 3632 for incoming connections. msgstr distcc può essere eseguito come demone in attesa di connessioni in entrata sulla porta 3632. #. Type: boolean #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:1001 msgid You have the option of starting the distcc daemon automatically on the computer startup. If in doubt, it's advised not to start it automatically on startup. If you later change your mind, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr È possibile far partire automaticamente il demone distcc all'avvio del sistema. In caso di dubbi, si suggerisce di non far partire il demone all'avvio. Per cambiare questa scelta in seguito, eseguire: \dpkg- reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid Allowed client networks: msgstr Reti client ammesse: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid The distcc daemon implements access control based on the IP address of the client, that is trying to connect. Only the hosts or networks listed here are allowed to connect. msgstr Il demone distcc ha un sistema di controllo degli accessi basato sull'indirizzo IP del client che prova a connettersi. Solo gli host o le reti elencati possono connettersi. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid You can list multiple hosts and/or networks, separated by spaces. Hosts are represented by their IP address, networks have to be in CIDR notation, f.e. \192.168.1.0/24\. msgstr È possibile elencare più host o reti usando degli spazi come separatore. Gli host devono essere inseriti con il loro indirizzo IP, le reti usando la notazione CIDR, per esempio \192.168.1.0/24\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:2001 msgid To change the list at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Per cambiare questo elenco in seguito, eseguire: \dpkg-reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid Listen interfaces: msgstr Interfacce di ascolto: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid The distcc daemon can be bound to a specific network interface. msgstr Il demone distcc può essere collegato a una specifica interfaccia di rete. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid You probably want to choose the interface of your local network by entering it's IP address. If distccd should listen on all interfaces, just enter nothing. msgstr Per scegliere su quale interfaccia della rete locale inserire l'indirizzo IP. Se distccd deve stare in ascolto su tutte le interfacce, non inserire nulla. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid Be sure to protect distccd from unauthorized access, by being careful in your choice of the listen interface and allowed networks. distccd should never be accessible from untrusted networks. If that is needed, secureshell should be used instead of the daemon. msgstr Per proteggere distccd da accessi non autorizzati, è necessario essere prudenti nella scelta delle interfacce in ascolto e delle reti autorizzate. distccd non dovrebbe essere mai accessibile da reti non fidate. Se necessario, usare secureshell al posto del demone. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:3001 msgid To change the address at a later point, you can run: 'dpkg-reconfigure distcc'. msgstr Per cambiare l'indirizzo in seguito, eseguire: \dpkg-reconfigure distcc\. #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:4001 msgid Nice level: msgstr Livello di nice: #. Type: string #. Description #: ../distcc.templates:4001 msgid You can start the distcc daemon with a nice level, to give it a low priority compared to other processes. The start script will only accept
Re: apt 0.7.25: Please update the manpage translation for the package apt
Quoting Sandro Tosi (mo...@debian.org): On Sat, Dec 12, 2009 at 11:39, David Kalnischkies kalnischkies+deb...@gmail.com wrote: And as a more technical reason we want to bump policy compatibly now to 3.8.3 where translations should be in sync with the original files and we can't say this would be true for such an old translation. Policy says a different thing: from /usr/share/doc/debian-policy/upgrading-checklist.txt.gz * Localized man pages should either be kept up-to-date with the original version or warn that they're not up-to-date, either with warning text or by showing missing or changed portions in the original language.[12.1] So you can still ship the not up-to-date manpages but you have to warn users of their state. Which is always the case when using po4a. Actually, by default, po4a replaces missing parts by English and does not create translated documents when the translation ratio is below a given threshold. So, indeed, one should read the above as software should use po4a to manage their manpages..:-) signature.asc Description: Digital signature
